Cisco 15454-DS1-14= - 1.544Mbps Expansion Module Reference Manual

Reference manual
Table of Contents

Quick Links

Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual
Product and Documentation Release 8.5
December 2010
Americas Headquarters
Cisco Systems, Inc.
170 West Tasman Drive
San Jose, CA 95134-1706
USA
http://www.cisco.com
Tel: 408 526-4000
800 553-NETS (6387)
Fax: 408 527-0883
Text Part Number: 78-18106-01
Table of Contents
loading

Summary of Contents for Cisco 15454-DS1-14= - 1.544Mbps Expansion Module

  • Page 1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual Product and Documentation Release 8.5 December 2010 Americas Headquarters Cisco Systems, Inc. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 95134-1706 http://www.cisco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (6387) Fax: 408 527-0883 Text Part Number: 78-18106-01...
  • Page 2 You can determine whether your equipment is causing interference by turning it off. If the interference stops, it was probably caused by the Cisco equipment or one of its peripheral devices. If the equipment causes interference to radio or television reception, try to correct the interference by using one or more of the following measures: •...
  • Page 3: Table Of Contents

    Related Documentation Document Conventions Obtaining Optical Networking Information Where to Find Safety and Warning Information Cisco Optical Networking Product Documentation CD-ROM Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request Shelf and Backplane Hardware C H A P T E R 1.1 Overview 1.2 Rack Installation...
  • Page 4 1.16.2 Timing Connections 1-70 1.16.3 LAN Connections 1-70 1.16.4 TL1 Craft Interface Installation 1-71 1.17 Cards and Slots 1-71 1.17.1 Card Slot Requirements 1-72 1.17.2 Card Replacement 1-75 1.18 Software and Hardware Compatibility 1-76 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 5 2.6.4 XC-VXC-10G Card-Level Indicators 2-27 2.6.5 XC-VXC-10G Compatibility 2-28 2.7 AIC-I Card 2-28 2.7.1 AIC-I Card-Level Indicators 2-29 2.7.2 External Alarms and Controls 2-30 2.7.3 Orderwire 2-31 2.7.4 Power Monitoring 2-32 2.7.5 User Data Channel 2-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 6 3.7.2 DS3/EC1-48 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-17 3.7.3 DS3/EC1-48 Card-Level Indicators 3-18 3.7.4 DS3/EC1-48 Port-Level Indicators 3-19 3.8 DS3i-N-12 Card 3-19 3.8.1 DS3i-N-12 Slots and Connectors 3-19 3.8.2 DS3i-N-12 Card-Level Indicators 3-21 3.8.3 DS3i-N-12 Port-Level Indicators 3-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 7 4.4.1 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310 Card-Level Indicators 4-11 4.4.2 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310 Port-Level Indicators 4-11 4.5 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 Card 4-11 4.5.1 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 Card-Level Indicators 4-13 4.5.2 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 Port-Level Indicators 4-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 8 4.17 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Card 4-38 4.17.1 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Card-Level Indicators 4-40 4.17.2 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Port-Level Indicators 4-41 4.18 15454_MRC-12 Multirate Card 4-41 4.18.1 Slot Compatibility by Cross-Connect Card 4-42 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 viii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 9 5.3.4 Cross-Connect Compatibility 5.4 E1000-2 Card 5.4.1 Slot Compatibility 5-10 5.4.2 E1000-2 Card-Level Indicators 5-10 5.4.3 E1000-2 Port-Level Indicators 5-10 5.4.4 Cross-Connect Compatibility 5-10 5.5 E1000-2-G Card 5-11 5.5.1 E1000-2-G Card-Level Indicators 5-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 10 5.13.2 CE-MR-10 Port-Level Indicators 5-33 5.13.3 Cross-Connect and Slot Compatibility 5-33 5.14 Ethernet Card GBICs and SFPs 5-33 5.14.1 Compatibility by Card 5-34 5.14.2 GBIC Description 5-35 5.14.3 G1K-4 DWDM and CWDM GBICs 5-36 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 11 7-12 7.2.5 AMP Champ Protection 7-12 7.2.6 UBIC Protection 7-12 7.3 OC-N Card Protection 7-13 7.3.1 1+1 Protection 7-13 7.3.2 Optimized 1+1 Protection 7-13 7.4 Unprotected Cards 7-14 7.5 External Switching Commands 7-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 12 9.2.1 User Privileges by CTC Action 9.2.2 Security Policies 9.2.2.1 Superuser Privileges for Provisioning Users 9.2.2.2 Idle User Timeout 9.2.2.3 User Password, Login, and Access Policies 9.2.2.4 Secure Access 9.3 Audit Trail 9.3.1 Audit Trail Log Entries Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 13 11.10 BLSR Protection Channel Access Circuits 11-21 11.11 BLSR STS and VT Squelch Tables 11-22 11.11.1 BLSR STS Squelch Table 11-22 11.11.2 BLSR VT Squelch Table 11-23 11.12 IEEE 802.17 Resilient Packet Ring Circuit Display 11-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xiii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 14 12.2 Bidirectional Line Switched Rings 12-3 12.2.1 Two-Fiber BLSRs 12-3 12.2.2 Four-Fiber BLSRs 12-6 12.2.3 BLSR Bandwidth 12-9 12.2.4 BLSR Application Example 12-10 12.2.5 BLSR Fiber Connections 12-13 12.3 Path Protection 12-14 12.4 Dual-Ring Interconnect 12-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 15 13.2.9.1 Secure Mode Behavior 13-20 13.2.9.2 Secure Node Locked and Unlocked Behavior 13-23 13.3 Routing Table 13-24 13.4 External Firewalls 13-25 13.5 Open GNE 13-27 13.6 TCP/IP and OSI Networking 13-29 13.6.1 Point-to-Point Protocol 13-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 16 C H A P T E R 14.1 Overview 14-1 14.2 LCD Alarm Counts 14-1 14.3 Alarm Information 14-2 14.3.1 Viewing Alarms With Each Node’s Time Zone 14-4 14.3.2 Controlling Alarm Display 14-4 14.3.3 Filtering Alarms 14-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 17 15.5.3.1 DS-1 Facility Data Link Performance Monitoring 15-18 15.5.4 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15-18 15.5.5 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15-19 15.5.6 DS3i-N-12 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xvii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 18 C H A P T E R 16.1 SNMP Overview 16-1 16.2 Basic SNMP Components 16-2 16.3 SNMP External Interface Requirement 16-4 16.4 SNMP Version Support 16-4 16.5 SNMP Message Types 16-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xviii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 19 16.10.6.4 Row Deletion in alarmTable 16-22 16.10.7 Event RMON Group 16-23 16.10.7.1 Event Table 16-23 16.10.7.2 Log Table 16-23 Hardware Specifications A P P E N D I X A.1 Shelf Specifications A.1.1 Bandwidth A.1.2 Configurations Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 20 A.5.10 FILLER Card Specifications A-27 A.6 Optical Card Specifications A-27 A.6.1 OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310 Card Specifications A-28 A.6.2 OC3 IR/STM1SH 1310-8 Card Specifications A-29 A.6.3 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310 Card Specifications A-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 21 A P P E N D I X B.1 Service States B.2 Administrative States B.3 Service State Transitions B.3.1 Card Service State Transitions B.3.2 Port and Cross-Connect Service State Transitions B.3.3 Pluggable Equipment Service State Transitions B-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 22 C.2.3.18 OC192-XFP Default Settings C-59 C.2.3.19 MRC-12 Card Default Settings C-65 C.2.3.20 MRC-2.5G-4 Card Default Settings C-82 C.3 Node Default Settings C-99 C.3.1 Time Zones C-117 C.4 CTC Default Settings C-120 N D E X Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 23 Figure 1-26 Cable Connector Pins 1-47 Figure 1-27 UBIC-H DS-1 Cable Schematic Diagram 1-48 Figure 1-28 UBIC-H DS-3/EC-1 Cable Schematic Diagram 1-51 Figure 1-29 100BaseT Connector Pins 1-52 Figure 1-30 Straight-Through Cable 1-52 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxiii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 24 Figure 3-8 DS3i-N-12 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-20 Figure 3-9 DS3-12E Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-23 Figure 3-10 DS3N-12E Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-24 Figure 3-11 DS3XM-6 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxiv 78-18106-01...
  • Page 25 E100T-G Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 5-3 E1000-2 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 5-4 E1000-2-G Faceplate and Block Diagram 5-12 Figure 5-5 G1K-4 Faceplate and Block Diagram 5-14 Figure 5-6 ML100T-12 Faceplate and Block Diagram 5-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 26 ONS 15454 Circuit Window in Network View 11-4 Figure 11-2 BLSR Circuit Displayed on the Detailed Circuit Map 11-12 Figure 11-3 One VT1.5 Circuit on One STS 11-13 Figure 11-4 Two VT1.5 Circuits in a BLSR 11-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxvi 78-18106-01...
  • Page 27 Figure 12-14 Path Protection with a Fiber Break 12-16 Figure 12-15 Four-Port, OC-3 Path Protection 12-17 Figure 12-16 Layout of Node ID 0 in the OC-3 Path Protection Example in Figure 12-15 12-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxvii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 28 IP Scenario 8: Dual GNEs on the Same Subnet 13-19 Figure 13-15 IP Scenario 8: Dual GNEs on Different Subnets 13-20 Figure 13-16 IP Scenario 9: ONS 15454 GNE and ENEs on the Same Subnet with Secure Mode Enabled 13-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxviii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 29 Monitored Signal Types for the DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Cards 15-16 Figure 15-7 PM Read Points on the DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Cards 15-17 Figure 15-8 Monitored Signal Types for the DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Cards 15-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxix 78-18106-01...
  • Page 30 15-52 Figure 16-1 Basic Network Managed by SNMP 16-2 Figure 16-2 Example of the Primary SNMP Components 16-3 Figure 16-3 Agent Gathering Data from a MIB and Sending Traps to the Manager 16-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 31 Pin Association for Alarm Output Pins 1-60 Table 1-27 Fan Tray Units for ONS 15454 Cards 1-63 Table 1-28 Pilot Fuse Ratings 1-66 Table 1-29 BITS External Timing Pin Assignments 1-70 Table 1-30 LAN Pin Assignments 1-71 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxi 78-18106-01...
  • Page 32 Table 3-4 EC1-12 Card-Level Indicators Table 3-5 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Card-Level Indicators 3-10 Table 3-6 DS1/E1-56 Slot Restrictions 3-11 Table 3-7 DS1/E1-56 Card-Level Indicators 3-13 Table 3-8 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Card-Level Indicators 3-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 33 Table 4-24 MRC-2.5G-4 Card-Level Indicators 4-49 Table 4-25 OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach and OC192/STM64 Any Reach Card-Level Indicators 4-52 Table 4-26 SFP and XFP Card Compatibility 4-53 Table 4-27 LED Based SFPs 4-54 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxiii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 34 5-37 Table 6-1 FC_MR-4 Card-Level Indicators Table 6-2 GBIC Compatibility Table 7-1 Supported 1:1 Protection by Electrical Card Table 7-2 Supported 1:N Protection by Electrical Card Table 7-3 EIA Connectors Per Side Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxiv 78-18106-01...
  • Page 35 STS Path Signal Label Assignments for Signals 11-26 Table 11-11 STS Path Signal Label Assignments for Signals with Payload Defects 11-26 Table 11-12 Bidirectional STS/VT/Regular Multicard EtherSwitch/Point-to-Point (Straight) Ethernet Circuits 11-31 Table 11-13 Unidirectional STS/VT Circuit 11-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxv 78-18106-01...
  • Page 36 Table 14-2 Color Codes for Alarm and Condition Severities 14-3 Table 14-3 Alarm Display 14-4 Table 14-4 Conditions Display 14-6 Table 14-5 Conditions Column Description 14-6 Table 14-6 History Column Description 14-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxvi 78-18106-01...
  • Page 37 FC_MR-4 History Statistics per Time Interval 15-55 Table 16-1 ONS 15454 SNMP Message Types 16-4 Table 16-2 IETF Standard MIBs Implemented in the ONS 15454 System 16-5 Table 16-3 ONS 15454 Proprietary MIBs 16-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxvii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 38 OC-12 Card Default Settings C-42 Table C-15 OC12-4 Card Default Settings C-45 Table C-16 OC-48 Card Default Settings C-49 Table C-17 OC-192 Card Default Settings C-54 Table C-18 OC192-XFP Default Settings C-59 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxviii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 39 Tables Table C-19 MRC-12 Card Default Settings C-65 Table C-20 MRC-2.5G-4 Card Default Settings C-82 Table C-21 Node Default Settings C-101 Table C-22 Time Zones C-118 Table C-23 CTC Default Settings C-121 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xxxix 78-18106-01...
  • Page 40: Table

    Tables Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 41 The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 42 • Slot Compatability subsection under the ML100X-8 Card section in the Ethernet Cards chapter. • Updated the Computer Requirements for CTC table in Cisco Transport Controller Operation chapter. • Updated the Software and Hardware Compatibility—XC and XCVT Configurations table to show OC48 IR 1310 as Not Supported under R8.0.0x column in the Shelf and Backplane Hardware chapter.
  • Page 43: Appendix A Hardware Specification.

    Updated the User Password, Login, and Access Policies section in Chapter 9, • Security. Updated Table 12-4 and Table 12-5 to indicate support of span upgrades on • MRC-12 and MRC-2.5G-4 cards to OC-192 or OC192-XFP in Chapter 12, Sonet Topologies and Upgrades. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xliii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 44 “ML1000-2 Card” in the chapter “Ethernet Cards”. Fixed the typo in the section “FTP Support for ENE Database Backup” in the • chapter “Management Network Connectivity”. December 2010 Updated the section “CE-MR-10 Card” in the chapter “Ethernet Cards”. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xliv 78-18106-01...
  • Page 45 This manual provides reference information for the Cisco ONS 15454. Audience To use this publication, you should be familiar with Cisco or equivalent optical transmission hardware and cabling, telecommunications hardware and cabling, electronic circuitry and wiring practices, and preferably have experience as a telecommunications technician.
  • Page 46 Means reader take note. Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material not covered in the document. Means reader be careful. In this situation, the user might do something that could result in equipment Caution damage or loss of data. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xlvi 78-18106-01...
  • Page 47 üblichen Verfahren zur Vorbeugung vor Unfällen vertraut. Suchen Sie mit der am Ende jeder Warnung angegebenen Anweisungsnummer nach der jeweiligen Übersetzung in den übersetzten Sicherheitshinweisen, die zusammen mit diesem Gerät ausgeliefert wurden. BEWAHREN SIE DIESE HINWEISE GUT AUF. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xlvii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 48 Använd det nummer som finns i slutet av varje varning för att hitta dess översättning i de översatta säkerhetsvarningar som medföljer denna anordning. SPARA DESSA ANVISNINGAR Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xlviii 78-18106-01...
  • Page 49 About this Manual Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 xlix 78-18106-01...
  • Page 50 Brug erklæringsnummeret efter hver advarsel for at finde oversættelsen i de oversatte advarsler, der fulgte med denne enhed. GEM DISSE ANVISNINGER Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 51 About this Manual Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 52 Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request For information on obtaining documentation, submitting a service request, and gathering additional information, see the monthly What’s New in Cisco Product Documentation, which also lists all new and revised Cisco technical documentation, at: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/docs/general/whatsnew/whatsnew.html...
  • Page 53: Figure 1-9 Backplane Covers

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 54: Chapter 1 Shelf And Backplane Hardware

    1.1 Overview Caution Unused card slots should be filled with a detectable filler card (Cisco P/N 15454-FILLER) or a non-detectable filler card (Cisco P/N 15454-BLANK). The filler card ensures proper airflow when operating the ONS 15454 without the front door attached, although Cisco recommends that the front door remain attached.
  • Page 55: Rack Installation

    (EIA) standard and Telcordia-standard racks. The shelf assembly is a total of 17 inches (431.8 mm) wide with no mounting ears attached. Ring runs are not provided by Cisco and might hinder side-by-side installation of shelves where space is limited.
  • Page 56: Reversible Mounting Bracket

    13.810 in. Width (35.07 cm) Depth 1.2.1 Reversible Mounting Bracket Caution Use only the fastening hardware provided with the ONS 15454 to prevent loosening, deterioration, and electromechanical corrosion of the hardware and joined material. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 57: Mounting A Single Node

    If you are installing the fan-tray air filter using the bottom (external) brackets provided, mount the brackets on the bottom of the shelf assembly before installing the ONS 15454 in a rack. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 58: Mounting Multiple Nodes

    1.2.4 ONS 15454 Bay Assembly The Cisco ONS 15454 bay assembly simplifies ordering and installing the ONS 15454 because it allows you to order shelf assemblies preinstalled in a seven-foot (2.133 m) rack. The bay assembly is available in a three- or four-shelf configuration.
  • Page 59: Figure 1-3 The Ons 15454 Front Door

    Viewholes for Critical, Major and Minor alarm LEDs The ONS 15454 ships with a standard door but can also accommodate a deep door and extended fiber clips (15454-DOOR-KIT) to provide additional room for cabling (Figure 1-4). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 60: Figure 1-4 Cisco Ons 15454 Deep Door

    You can remove the front door of the ONS 15454 to provide unrestricted access to the front of the shelf assembly. Before you remove the front door, you have to remove the ground strap of the front door (Figure 1-5). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 61: Figure 1-5 Ons 15454 Front Door Ground Strap

    Chapter 1 Shelf and Backplane Hardware 1.3 Front Door Figure 1-5 ONS 15454 Front Door Ground Strap Figure 1-6 shows how to remove the front door. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 62: Figure

    An erasable label is pasted on the inside of the front door (Figure 1-7). You can use the label to record slot assignments, port assignments, card types, node ID, rack ID, and serial number for the ONS 15454. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 63: Backplane Covers

    Figure 1-9 on page 1-12. Each cover is held in place with nine 6-32 x 3/8 inch Phillips screws. Note See the “1.5 Electrical Interface Assemblies” section on page 1-15 for information on EIAs. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 64: Lower Backplane Cover

    Remove the lower backplane cover to access the alarm interface panel (AIP), alarm pin fields, frame ground, and power terminals (Figure 1-10). Figure 1-10 Removing the Lower Backplane Cover Retaining screws Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 65: Rear Cover

    Figure 1-11 Backplane Attachment for Cover Screw locations for attaching the rear cover You can also install the optional spacers if more space is needed between the cables and rear cover (Figure 1-12). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 66: Alarm Interface Panel

    (MAC address). Note The MAC address identifies the nodes that support circuits. It allows Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) to determine circuit sources, destinations, and spans. The TCC2/TCC2P cards in the ONS 15454 also use the MAC address to store the node database.
  • Page 67: Electrical Interface Assemblies

    50 ms to optical or electrical traffic. Resetting the active TCC2/TCC2P card causes a service disruption of three to five minutes on all E-Series Ethernet traffic due to spanning tree reconvergence. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for an AIP replacement procedure. 1.5 Electrical Interface Assemblies Optional EIA backplane covers are typically preinstalled when ordered with the ONS 15454.
  • Page 68: Eia Installation

    High- DS-3 48 pairs of Slot 1 15454-EIA-BNC-A48= 48 pairs of Slot 13 15454-EIA-BNC-B48= Density DS3XM-6 Slot 2 Slot 14 EC-1 connectors Slot 4 Slot 16 Slot 5 Slot 17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 69: Table 1-2 Eia Configurations Compatible With The 15454-Sa-Ansi And The 15454-Sa-Hd

    Slot 1 15454-EIA-BNC-A96= 96 pairs of Slot 12 15454-EIA-BNC-A96= MiniBNC MiniBNC DS-3/EC1-48 Slot 2 Slot 13 connectors connectors DS3XM-6 Slot 4 Slot 14 DS3XM-12 Slot 5 Slot 16 EC-1 Slot 6 Slot 17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 70: Bnc Eia

    48 circuits. The BNC connectors on the EIA supports Trompeter UCBJ224 (75-ohm) 4-leg connectors (King or ITT are also compatible). Right-angle mating connectors for the connecting cable are AMP 413588-2 (75-ohm) connectors. If preferred, you can also use a straight connector of the same Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 71: Figure 1-13 Bnc Backplane For Use In 1:1 Protection Schemes

    ONS 15454 with preinstalled BNC EIAs. To install coaxial cable with BNC connectors, refer to the “Install Shelf and Backplane Cable” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Figure 1-13 BNC Backplane for Use in 1:1 Protection Schemes...
  • Page 72: Figure 1-14 Bnc Insertion And Removal Tool

    4-leg connectors (King or ITT are also compatible). Use straight connectors on RG-59/U cable to connect to the high-density BNC EIA. Cisco recommends these cables for connection to a patch panel; they are designed for long runs. You can use high-density BNC EIAs for DS-3 (including the DS3XM-6 and DS3XM-12) or EC-1 cards.
  • Page 73: Minibnc Eia

    ONS 15454 hosts up to 192 circuits. The MiniBNC EIAs are designed to support DS-3 and EC-1 signals. The MiniBNC EIA supports the following cards: • DS3-12, DS3N-12 DS3i-N-12 • • DS3-12E, DS3N-12E EC1-12 • DS3XM-6 • DS3XM-12 • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-21 78-18106-01...
  • Page 74: Table 1-3 Minibnc Protection Types And Slots

    Figure 1-16 shows the ONS 15454 with preinstalled MiniBNC EIAs. To install coaxial cable with MiniBNC connectors, refer to the “Install the Shelf and Backplane Cable” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-22...
  • Page 75: Figure 1-16 Minibnc Backplane For Use In 1:N Protection Schemes

    Chapter 1 Shelf and Backplane Hardware 1.5.5 MiniBNC EIA Figure 1-16 MiniBNC Backplane for Use in 1:N Protection Schemes Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-23 78-18106-01...
  • Page 76: Table 1-4 J-Labeling Port Assignments For A Shelf Assembly Configure With Low-Density Electrical Cards (A Side)

    — 1–12 — LD DS-3 — — — — — 1–12 — — LD DS-3 — 1–12 — — — — — — LD DS-3 — — 1–12 — — — — Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 77: Table 1-5 J-Labeling Port Assignments For A Shelf Assembly Configured With Low-Density Electrical Cards (B Side)

    — — LD DS-3 — — 1–12 — — — — Table 1-6 Table 1-7 show the J-labeling and corresponding card ports for a shelf assembly configured with high-density 48-port DS-3/EC-1electrical cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 78: Figure

    Cards (A Side) Slot Port Type Ports Ports Ports Ports Ports Ports Ports Ports HD DS-3 1–12 13–24 25–36 37–48 — — — — HD DS-3 — — — — 1–12 13–24 25–36 37–48 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 79: Table 1-7 J-Labeling Port Assignments For A Shelf Configured With High-Density Electrical Cards (B Side)

    Due to the large number of MiniBNC connectors on the MiniBNC EIA, you might require a special tool for inserting and removing MiniBNC EIAs (Figure 1-17). This tool also helps with ONS 15454 patch panel connections. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-27 78-18106-01...
  • Page 80: Smb Eia

    AMP 415484-2 (75-ohm) connectors. Use RG-179/U cable to connect to the ONS 15454 EIA. Cisco recommends these cables for connection to a patch panel; they are not designed for long runs. Range does not affect loopback testing.
  • Page 81: Amp Champ Eia

    The ONS 15454 AMP Champ EIA supports 64-pin (32 pair) AMP Champ connectors for each slot on both sides of the shelf assembly where the EIA is installed. Cisco AMP Champ connectors are female AMP # 552246-1 with AMP # 552562-2 bail locks. Each AMP Champ connector supports 14 DS-1 ports.
  • Page 82: Amp Champ Eia Backplane

    Always use an electrostatic discharge (ESD) wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug Caution the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right outside edge of the shelf assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-30 78-18106-01...
  • Page 83: Table 1-8 Amp Champ Connector Pin Assignments

    Tx Tip 1 Tx Ring 1 Rx Tip 1 Rx Ring 1 white/blue blue/white white/blue blue/white Tx Tip 2 Tx Ring 2 Rx Tip 2 Rx Ring 2 white/orange orange/white white/orange orange/white Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-31 78-18106-01...
  • Page 84: Ubic-V Eia

    16 SCSI connectors per side (A and B). The UBIC-V EIAs are designed to support DS-1, DS-3, and EC-1 signals. The appropriate cable assembly is required depending on the type of signal. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-32 78-18106-01...
  • Page 85: Figure 1-20 Ubic-V Slot Designations

    When installed with the standard door and cabling on the backplane, the ONS 15454 shelf measures approximately 15.7 inches (399 mm) deep when partially populated with backplane cables, 16.1 inches (409 mm) deep when fully populated, and 16.75 inches (425 mm) deep with the rear cover installed. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-33 78-18106-01...
  • Page 86: Ubic-H Eia

    SCSI connector in that row, depending on whether you are using a high density (HD) or low density (LD) configuration. UBIC-H EIAs will support use with the high-density (DS3/EC1-48, DS1/E1-56, and DS3XM-12) Note electrical cards, as well as existing low-density electrical cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-34 78-18106-01...
  • Page 87: Figure 1-21 Ubic-H Eia Connector Labeling

    A- and B-side connector labeling. Figure 1-21 UBIC-H EIA Connector Labeling Tables 1-11 1-12 show the J-labeling and corresponding card ports for a shelf assembly configured with low-density electrical cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-35 78-18106-01...
  • Page 88: Table 1-11 J-Labeling Port Assignments For A Shelf Assembly Configured With Low-Density Electrical Cards (A Side)

    — — 1–12 — — — — — Tables 1-13 1-14 show the J-labeling and corresponding card ports for a shelf assembly configured with high-density 48-port DS-3/EC-1 or 56-port DS-1 electrical cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-36 78-18106-01...
  • Page 89: Table 1-6 J-Labeling Port Assignments For A Shelf Configured With High-Density Electrical Cards (A Side)

    The UBIC-H EIA supports the following cards: • DS1-14, DS1N-14 DS3-12, DS3N-12 • DS3-12E, DS3N-12E • EC1-12 • DS3XM-6 • DS3XM-12 • DS3/EC1-48 • DS1/E1-56 • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-37 78-18106-01...
  • Page 90: Eia Replacement

    Installing twisted-pair, wire-wrap DS-1 cables requires separate pairs of grounded twisted-pair cables for receive (in) and transmit (out). Prepare four cables, two for receive and two for transmit, for each DS-1 facility to be installed. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-38 78-18106-01...
  • Page 91: Electrical Interface Adapters

    Caution Always use the supplied ESD wristband when working with a powered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on the lower-right outside edge of the shelf assembly. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-39 78-18106-01...
  • Page 92: Ubic-V Cables

    #24 AWG twisted pairs on the far end and are color coded as identified in Table 1-17. The following DS-1 cables are no longer available from Cisco Systems for use with the UBIC-V EIA: DS-1 cable, 150 feet: 15454-CADS1-SD •...
  • Page 93 FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-41 78-18106-01...
  • Page 94: Ubic-V Ds-1 Cable Schematic Diagram

    1:1.15 DS1 75Ω Tip DS1 #14 Pin 50 100Ω Differential DS-1 Port #14 To/From DSx 75Ω Signal To/From UBIC-V Ring DS1 #14 FGND Table 1-17 shows the UBIC-V DS-1 Tip/Ring color coding. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-42 78-18106-01...
  • Page 95 UBIC-V DS-3/EC-1 SCSI Connector Pin Out Port SCSI Pin SCSI Pin Port FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-43 78-18106-01...
  • Page 96: Table 1-18 Ubic-V Ds-3/Ec-1 Scsi Connector Pin Out

    UBIC-V DS-3/EC-1 SCSI Connector Pin Out (continued) Port SCSI Pin SCSI Pin Port FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd Not connected Not connected Figure 1-25 shows the UBIC-V DS-3/EC-1 cable schematic diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-44 78-18106-01...
  • Page 97: Ubic-H Cables

    The UBIC-H EIA is designed to support DS-1, DS-3, or EC-1 signals. The type of signal supported is determined by the UBIC-H cable assembly that you order. To support DS-1 signals, select the DS-1 UBIC-H cable assembly (part number 15454-CADS1-H-). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-45 78-18106-01...
  • Page 98 #24 AWG twisted pairs on the far end and are color coded as identified in Table 1-20. The following DS-1 cables are available from Cisco Systems for use with the UBIC-H EIA: • 25 feet: 15454-CADS1-H-25 •...
  • Page 99: Figure 1-26 Cable Connector Pins

    FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-47 78-18106-01...
  • Page 100: Ubic-H Ds-1 Cable Schematic Diagram

    To/From UBIC-H Ring DS1 #13 FGND 1:1.15 DS1 75Ω Tip DS1 #14 Pin 50 Port #14 75Ω Signal To/From UBIC-H Ring DS1 #14 FGND Table 1-20 shows the UBIC-H DS-1 Tip/Ring color coding. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-48 78-18106-01...
  • Page 101 UBIC-H DS-3/EC-1 SCSI Connector Pin Out Port SCSI Pin SCSI Pin Port FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-49 78-18106-01...
  • Page 102: Table 1-21 Ubic-H Ds-3/Ec-1 Scsi Connector Pin Out

    UBIC-H DS-3/EC-1 SCSI Connector Pin Out (continued) Port SCSI Pin SCSI Pin Port FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd FGnd Not connected Not connected Figure 1-28 shows the UBIC-H DS-3/EC-1 cable schematic diagram Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-50 78-18106-01...
  • Page 103: Ethernet Cables

    Ethernet cables use RJ-45 connectors, and are straight-through or crossover, depending on what is connected to them. Table 1-22 shows 100Base-TX connector pin assignments, used with E100 Ethernet cards in the ONS 15454. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-51 78-18106-01...
  • Page 104: Figure 1-29 100Baset Connector Pins

    Ethernet cable schematic. Use a straight-through cable when connecting to a router or a PC. Figure 1-30 Straight-Through Cable Switch Router or PC 3 TD+ 3 RD+ 6 TD– 6 RD– 1 RD+ 1 TD+ 2 RD– 2 TD– Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-52 78-18106-01...
  • Page 105: Cable Routing And Management

    To remove the jumper slack storage reels, take out the screw in the center of each reel. Optional tie-down bar • Figure 1-32 shows the cable management facilities that you can access through the fold-down front door, including the cable-routing channel and cable-routing channel posts. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-53 78-18106-01...
  • Page 106: Fiber Management

    Table 1-23 gives the maximum capacity of the fiber channel for each side of the shelf, for the different fiber sizes. Figure 1-33 Fiber Capacity Fiber guides Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-54 78-18106-01...
  • Page 107: Fiber Management Using The Tie-Down Bar

    Figure 1-34 shows the tie-down bar, the ONS 15454, and the rack. Figure 1-34 Tie-Down Bar Tie-down bar Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-55 78-18106-01...
  • Page 108: Coaxial Cable Management

    If you install an AEP, you cannot use the alarm contacts on the wire-wrap pins. For further information about the AIC-I, see the “2.7 AIC-I Card” section on page 2-28. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-56 78-18106-01...
  • Page 109: Wire-Wrap And Pin Connections

    60 VDC, anda maximum current of 100 mA. See the “2.7.2 External Alarms and Controls” section on page 2-30 for further information. 1.12.1 Wire-Wrap and Pin Connections Figure 1-37 shows the wire-wrapping connections on the backplane. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-57 78-18106-01...
  • Page 110: Figure 1-37 Aep Wire-Wrap Connections To Backplane Pins

    AE_CLK_N AE_CLK_N Yellow AE_DIN_P AE_DOUT_P Orange AE_DIN_N AE_DOUT_N AE_DOUT_P AE_DIN_P Brown AE_DOUT_N AE_DIN_N Figure 1-38 is a circuit diagram of the alarm inputs (Inputs 1 and 32 are shown in the example). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-58 78-18106-01...
  • Page 111: Figure 1-38 Alarm Input Circuit Diagram

    Pin Number Signal Name Pin Number Signal Name ALARM_IN_1– ALARM_IN_2– ALARM_IN_3– ALARM_IN_4– ALARM_IN_5– ALARM_IN_6– ALARM_IN_7– ALARM_IN_8– ALARM_IN_9– ALARM_IN_10– ALARM_IN_11– ALARM_IN_12– ALARM_IN_13– ALARM_IN_14– ALARM_IN_15– ALARM_IN_16– ALARM_IN_17– ALARM_IN_18– ALARM_IN_19– ALARM_IN_20– ALARM_IN_21– ALARM_IN_22– ALARM_IN_23– ALARM_IN_24– ALARM_IN_25– Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-59 78-18106-01...
  • Page 112: Figure 1-39 Alarm Output Circuit Diagram

    Table 1-26 Pin Association for Alarm Output Pins AMP Champ AMP Champ Pin Number Signal Name Pin Number Signal Name N.C. COM_0 COM_1 N.C. NO_1 NO_2 N.C. COM_2 COM_3 N.C. NO_3 NO_4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-60 78-18106-01...
  • Page 113: Filler Card

    1.13 Filler Card Filler cards are designed to occupy empty multiservice and AIC-I slots in the Cisco ONS 15454 (Slots 1–6, 9, and 12 – 17). The filler card cannot operate in the XC slots (Slots 8 and 10) or TCC slots (7 and 11).
  • Page 114: Fan-Tray Assembly

    After you install the fan tray, you should only need to access it if a fan failure occurs or if you need to replace or clean the fan-tray air filter. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-62...
  • Page 115: Fan Tray Units For Ons 15454 Cards

    Fan Tray Units for ONS 15454 Cards 15454E-FTA-48V (ETSI shelf) 15454E-CC-FTA (ETSI shelf)/ ONS 15454 Cards /15454-FTA3-T(ANSI shelf) 15454-CC-FTA (ANSI shelf) TCC2/TCC2P XCVT XC10G XC-VXC-10G AIC-I EC1-12 DS1-14 DS1N-14 DS1/E1-56 DS3-12 DS3N-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-63 78-18106-01...
  • Page 116 OC48 ELR 200 GHz OC192 SR/STM64 IO 1310 OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550 OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 OC192 LR/ STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx 15454_MRC-12 MRC-2.5G-4 OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach and OC192/STM64 Any Reach E100T-12 E100T-G E1000-2 E1000-2-G Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-64 78-18106-01...
  • Page 117: Fan Speed

    The red Fan Fail LED on the front of the fan tray illuminates when one or more fans fail. For fan tray replacement instructions, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide. The red Fan Fail LED clears after you install a working fan tray.
  • Page 118: Pilot Fuse

    Inspect the air filter every 30 days, and clean the filter every three to six months. Replace the air filter Caution every two to three years. Avoid cleaning the air filter with harsh cleaning agents or solvents. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for information about cleaning and maintaining the fan-tray air filter. 1.14.5 Pilot Fuse The Pilot Fuse in the Fan tray assembly allows you to blow a low rate fuse when the main fuse of the lower power battery is not installed in the equipment.
  • Page 119: Alarm, Timing, Lan, And Craft Pin Connections

    (2.588 mm² [0.1018 inch]), with an integral lock washer. The lug must be a dual-hole type and rated to accept the #6 AWG (4.115 mm² [0.162 inch]) cable. Two posts are provided on the Cisco ONS 15454 to accommodate the dual-hole lug.
  • Page 120: Figure 1-42 Ons 15454 Backplane Pinouts (Release 3.4 Or Later)

    Alarm input pair number 10: Reports closure on connected wires. Alarm input pair number 11: Reports closure on connected wires. Alarm input pair number 12: Reports closure on connected wires. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-68 78-18106-01...
  • Page 121: Alarm Contact Connections

    Each alarm contact consists of two wire-wrap pins on the shelf assembly backplane. Visual and audible alarm contacts are classified as critical, major, minor, and remote. Figure 1-43 shows alarm pin assignments. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-69 78-18106-01...
  • Page 122: Timing Connections

    LAN pin assignments. Before you can connect an ONS 15454 to other ONS 15454s or to a LAN, you must change the default IP address that is shipped with each ONS 15454 (192.1.0.2). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-70 78-18106-01...
  • Page 123: Tl1 Craft Interface Installation

    Connecting to data terminal equipment (DTE) (a PC/workstation or router) 1. The Cisco ONS 15454 is DCE. 1.16.4 TL1 Craft Interface Installation You can use the craft pins on the ONS 15454 backplane or the EIA/TIA-232 port on the TCC2/TCC2P card faceplate to create a VT100 emulation window to serve as a TL1 craft interface to the ONS 15454.
  • Page 124: Card Slot Requirements

    Shelf assembly slots have symbols indicating the type of cards that you can install in them. Each ONS 15454 card has a corresponding symbol. The symbol on the card must match the symbol on the slot. Table 1-32 shows the slot and card symbol definitions. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-72 78-18106-01...
  • Page 125: Slot And Card Symbols

    SMB or BNC — DS3-12E 44.736 Mbps SMB or BNC Backplane DS3N-12E 44.736 Mbps SMB or BNC — DS3XM-6 44.736 Mbps SMB or BNC Backplane DS3XM-12 89.472 Mbps SMB or BNC Backplane Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-73 78-18106-01...
  • Page 126 9.95 Gbps (STS-192) Faceplate SH 1550 OC192 LR/STM64 9.95 Gbps (STS-192) Faceplate LH 1550 OC192 LR/STM64 9.95 Gbps (STS-192) Faceplate LH ITU 15xx.xx FC_MR-4 4 (only 2 1.0625 Gbps Faceplate available in R4.6) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-74 78-18106-01...
  • Page 127: Card Replacement

    For traffic switching procedures, refer to the “Maintain the Node” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. An improper removal (IMPROPRMVL) alarm is raised whenever a card is removed and reinserted Note (reseated) is performed, unless the card is deleted in CTC first.
  • Page 128: Software And Hardware Compatibility

    DS3N-12E Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible DS3XM-6 Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-76 78-18106-01...
  • Page 129 OC12 IR 1310 Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible OC12 IR/4 1310 supported supported supported supported supported supported supported Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-77 78-18106-01...
  • Page 130 1. The XC card does not support features new to Release 5.0 and greater. 2. The shelf assemblies supported are 15454-SA-HD, 15454-SA-ANSI, and 15454-NEBS3E. 3. DS3 card having the part number 87-31-0001 does not work in Cisco ONS 15454 R8.0 and later. 4. ML-MR-10 and CE-MR-10 cards are not supported on XCVT.
  • Page 131: Table 1-35 Ons 15454 Software And Hardware Compatibility-Xc10G And Xc-Vxc-10G Configurations

    DS3-12E Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible DS3N-12E Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-79 78-18106-01...
  • Page 132 Fully Fully Fully Fully SH 1310 compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible OC3IR/STM1SH SA-HD and Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully Fully 1310-8 SA-ANSI compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible compatible Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-80 78-18106-01...
  • Page 133 Reach/ OC192/STM64 Any Reach 1. The shelf assemblies supported are 15454-SA-HD and 15454-SA-ANSI. 2. DS3 card having the part number 87-31-0001 does not work in Cisco ONS 15454 R8.0 and later. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 1-81 78-18106-01...
  • Page 134 3. Slots 1 to 4 and 14 to 17 give a total bandwidth of up to 2.5 Gb/s. Slots 5, 6, 12 , and 13 give a total bandwidth of up to 10 Gb/s 4. These cards are designated as OC192-XFP in CTC. If an upgrade is required for compatibility, contact the Cisco Technical Assistance Center (TAC). For contact information, go to http://www.cisco.com/tac.
  • Page 135: Common Control Card Overview

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 136: Table 2-1 Common Control Card Functions

    “2.6 XC-VXC-10G Card” section on Tributary/Virtual Container (XC-VXC-10G) card page 2-23. serves as the switching matrix for the Cisco 15454 ANSI multiservice platform. The module operates as a superset of the XCVT or XC10G cross-connect module. The XC-VXC-10G card provides a...
  • Page 137: Card Compatibility

    1. The XC card does not support features new to Release 5.0 and later. 2.1.3 Cross-Connect Card Compatibility The following tables list the compatible cross-connect cards for each Cisco ONS 15454 common-control card. The tables are organized according to type of common-control card. In the tables below, “Yes”...
  • Page 138: Table 2-3 Common-Control Card Cross-Connect Compatibility

    XCVT card, but does not support features new to Release 5.0 and later. Table 2-5 Optical Card Cross-Connect Compatibility Optical Card XCVT Card XC10G Card XC-VXC-10GCard OC3 IR 4 1310 OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 139: Table 2-6 Ethernet Card Cross-Connect Compatibility

    The XC card is compatible with most Ethernet cards, with the exception of the G1000-4, but does not Note support features new to Release 5.0 and later. Table 2-6 Ethernet Card Cross-Connect Compatibility Ethernet Cards XCVT Card XC10G Card XC-VXC-10G Card E100T-12 — — E1000-2 — — E100T-G E1000-2-G Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 140: Tcc2 Card

    The interfaces can operate with a cable length of 32.8 ft (10 m) maximum at temperatures from –40 to 32 degrees Fahrenheit (–40 to 0 degrees Celsius). Figure 2-1 shows the faceplate and block diagram for the TCC2 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 141: Tcc2 Card Functionality

    84 DCCs can be routed over the TCC2 card and up to 84 section DCCs can be terminated at the TCC2 card (subject to the available optical digital communication channels). The TCC2 card selects and processes 84 DCCs to facilitate remote system management interfaces. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 142: Tcc2 Card-Level Indicators

    10BASE T, half duplex. Full duplex and autonegotiate settings should not be used because they might result in a loss of visibility to the node. Note Cisco does not support operation of the ONS 15454 with only one TCC2 card. For full functionality and to safeguard your system, always operate with two TCC2 cards. Note When a second TCC2 card is inserted into a node, it synchronizes its software, its backup software, and its database with the active TCC2.
  • Page 143: Network-Level Indicators

    The ACO button opens the audible alarm closure on the backplane. ACO is stopped if a new alarm occurs. After the originating alarm is cleared, the ACO LED and audible alarm control are reset. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 144: Power-Level Indicators

    The interfaces can operate with a cable length of 32.8 ft (10 m) maximum at temperatures from –40 to 32 degrees Fahrenheit (–40 to 0 degrees Celsius). Figure 2-2 shows the faceplate and block diagram for the TCC2P card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 145: Tcc2P Functionality

    Up to 84 DCCs can be routed over the TCC2P card and up to 84 section DCCs can be terminated at the TCC2P card (subject to the available optical digital communication channels). The TCC2P selects and processes 84 DCCs to facilitate remote system management interfaces. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 146: System Timing Functions

    10BASE T, half duplex. Full duplex and autonegotiate settings should not be used because they might result in a loss of visibility to the node. Cisco does not support operation of the ONS 15454 with only one TCC2P card. For full functionality Note and to safeguard your system, always operate with two TCC2P cards.
  • Page 147: Table

    Frame Alignment Signal plus Channel Associated Signal (FAS + CAS) Frame Alignment Signal plus Cyclic Redundancy Check (FAS + CRC) • Frame Alignment Signal plus Channel Associated Signal plus Cyclic Redundancy Check (FAS + • CAS + CRC) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 148: Tcc2P Card-Level Indicators

    After pressing the ACO button, the ACO LED turns green. The ACO button opens the audible alarm closure on the backplane. ACO is stopped if a new alarm occurs. After the originating alarm is cleared, the ACO LED and audible alarm control are reset. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 149: Power-Level Indicators

    The XCVT provides STS-48 capacity to Slots 5, 6, 12, and 13, and STS-12 capacity to Slots 1 to 4 and 14 to 17. Any STS-1 on any port can be connected to any other port, meaning that the STS cross-connections are nonblocking. Figure 2-3 shows the XCVT faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 150: Xcvt Functionality

    288 STS bidirectional ports 144 STS bidirectional cross-connects • • 672 VT1.5 ports via 24 logical STS ports 336 VT1.5 bidirectional cross-connects • Nonblocking at the STS level • STS-1/3c/6c/12c/48c cross-connects • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 151: Vt Mapping

    ONS 15454 as it relates to the Telcordia standard. Table 2-13 VT Mapping ONS 15454 VT Number Telcordia Group/VT Number Group1/VT1 Group2/VT1 Group3/VT1 Group4/VT1 Group5/VT1 Group6/VT1 Group7/VT1 Group1/VT2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 152: Xcvt Hosting Ds3Xm-6 Or Ds3Xm-12

    VT1.5 payloads. The VT1.5s can then be cross-connected by the XCVT card. The XCVT card can host a maximum of 336 bidirectional VT1.5s. 2.4.4 XCVT Card-Level Indicators Table 2-14 shows the two card-level LEDs on the XCVT card faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 153: Xc10G Card

    576 STS-1 cross-connections through 1152 STS-1 ports. Any STS-1 on any port can be connected to any other port, meaning that the STS cross-connections are nonblocking. Figure 2-5 shows the XC10G faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 154: Xc10G Functionality

    1152 STS bidirectional ports • 576 STS bidirectional cross-connects • 672 VT1.5 ports via 24 logical STS ports • 336 VT1.5 bidirectional cross-connects • Nonblocking at STS level • • STS-1/3c/6c/12c/48c/192c cross-connects Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 155: Vt Mapping

    ONS 15454 as it relates to the Telcordia standard. Table 2-15 VT Mapping ONS 15454 VT Number Telcordia Group/VT Number Group1/VT1 Group2/VT1 Group3/VT1 Group4/VT1 Group5/VT1 Group6/VT1 Group7/VT1 Group1/VT2 Group2/VT2 VT10 Group3/VT2 VT11 Group4/VT2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-21 78-18106-01...
  • Page 156: Xc10G Hosting Ds3Xm-6 Or Ds3Xm-12

    The FAIL LED flashes during the boot process. Replace the card if the red FAIL LED persists. ACT/STBY LED Indicates whether the XC10G is active and carrying traffic (green), or in standby mode to the active XC10G card (amber). Green (Active) Amber (Standby) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 157: Xcvt/Xc10G/Xc-Vxc-10G Compatibility

    XC-VXC-10G cross-connect card is in use. Do not pair an XCVT card with an XC10G or XC-VXC-10G card. When upgrading from an XCVT to the XC10G or XC-VXC-10G card, refer to the “Upgrade Cards and Spans” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for more information. 2.6 XC-VXC-10G Card...
  • Page 158: Xc-Vxc-10G Functionality

    1344 bidirectional VT1.5 ports and 1008 bidirectional VT2 ports (mixed grooming) The TCC2/TCC2P card assigns bandwidth to each slot on a per STS-1, per VT1.5, or per VT2 basis. The switch matrices are fully crosspoint and broadcast supporting. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 159 (15454-SA-ANSI) or high-density shelf assembly (15454-SA-HD). Caution Do not operate the ONS 15454 with only one XC-VXC-10G cross-connect card. Two cross-connect cards must always be installed. Figure 2-8 shows the XC-VXC-10G cross-connect matrix. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 160: Vt Mapping

    ONS 15454 as it relates to the Telcordia standard. Table 2-17 VT Mapping ONS 15454 VT Number Telcordia Group/VT Number Group1/VT1 Group2/VT1 Group3/VT1 Group4/VT1 Group5/VT1 Group6/VT1 Group7/VT1 Group1/VT2 Group2/VT2 VT10 Group3/VT2 VT11 Group4/VT2 VT12 Group5/VT2 VT13 Group6/VT2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 161: Xc-Vxc-10G Hosting Ds3Xm-6 Or Ds3Xm-12

    The FAIL LED flashes during the boot process. Replace the card if the red FAIL LED persists. ACT/STBY LED Indicates whether the XC10G is active and carrying traffic (green), or in standby mode to the active XC10G card (amber). Green (Active) Amber (Standby) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-27 78-18106-01...
  • Page 162: Xc-Vxc-10G Compatibility

    If you are using Ethernet cards, the E1000-2-G or the E100T-G must be used when the XC-VXC-10G cross-connect card is in use. When upgrading from an XC10G card to an XC-VXC-10G card, refer to the “Upgrade Cards and Spans” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for more information. Also refer to the “2.1.2 Card Compatibility”...
  • Page 163: Aic-I Card-Level Indicators

    Indicates that the cards processor is not ready. The FAIL LED is on during Reset and flashes during the boot process. Replace the card if the red FAIL LED persists. Green ACT LED Indicates the AIC-I card is provisioned for operation. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-29 78-18106-01...
  • Page 164: External Alarms And Controls

    You cannot assign the fan-tray abbreviation for the alarm; the abbreviation reflects the generic name of the input contacts. The alarm condition remains raised until the external input stops driving the contact or you provision the alarm input. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-30 78-18106-01...
  • Page 165: Orderwire

    SDH ring or particular optics facility. Express orderwire also allows communication via regeneration sites when the regenerator is not a Cisco device. You can provision orderwire functions with CTC similar to the current provisioning model for DCC/GCC channels.
  • Page 166: Power Monitoring

    UDC can be routed to an individual optical interface in the ONS 15454. For UDC circuit provisioning, refer to the “Create Circuits and VT Tunnels” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. The UDC ports are standard RJ-11 receptacles.
  • Page 167: Table 2-21 Udc Pin Assignments

    ONS 15454. The DCC ports are standard RJ-45 receptacles. Table 2-22 lists the DCC pin assignments. Table 2-22 DCC Pin Assignments RJ-45 Pin Number Description TCLKP TCLKN RCLKP RCLKN Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-33 78-18106-01...
  • Page 168 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.7.6 Data Communications Channel Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 2-34 78-18106-01...
  • Page 169: Electrical Card Overview

    C H A P T E R Electrical Cards This chapter describes Cisco ONS 15454 electrical card features and functions. For installation and card turn-up procedures, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. For information on the electrical interface assemblies (EIAs), see the “1.5 Electrical Interface Assemblies”...
  • Page 170: Table 3-1 Cisco Ons 15454 Electrical Cards

    DS3N-12E The DS3N-12E card supports the same features as See the “3.9 DS3-12E and the DS3-12E but can also provide 1:N (N <= 5) DS3N-12E Cards” section on protection. page 3-21. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 171: Table 3-2 Electrical Card Software Release Compatibility

    Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.1.2 Card Compatibility Table 3-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Electrical Cards (continued) Card Name Description For Additional Information DS3XM-6 The DS3XM-6 card provides six Telcordia- See the “3.10 DS3XM-6 Card” (Transmux) compliant GR-499-CORE M13 multiplexing section on page 3-25.
  • Page 172: Bit Error Rate Testing

    For information on how to set the port to OOS-MT state, see the “DLP-A230 Change a Circuit Service State” task in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide, Release 8.5. To enable TPGM-L or TPGM-B on a DS1 port, the line framing type must be D4, ESF, or unframed.
  • Page 173: Ec1-12 Card

    Backplane” section on page 7-5 for more information about electrical card slot protection and restrictions. 3.3.2 EC1-12 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-1 shows the EC1-12 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 174: Ec1-12 Hosted By Xcvt, Xc10G, Or Xc-Vxc-10G

    XCVT cards can host a maximum of 288 bidirectional STS-1s. The XC10G and XC-VXC-10G cards can host up to 1152 bidirectional STS-1s. 3.3.4 EC1-12 Card-Level Indicators Table 3-4 describes the three card-level LEDs on the EC1-12 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 175: Ec1-12 Port-Level Indicators

    The DS1N-14 is capable of 1:N (N <= 5) protection with the proper backplane EIA and wire-wrap or AMP Champ connectors. The DS1N-14 card can function as a working or protect card in 1:1 or 1:N protection schemes. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 176: Ds1-14 And Ds1N-14 Slot Compatibility

    STS-1 / STS-12 STS1 to Cross Relay Interface 14 DS1 Mux/Demux Connect ASIC Units Matrix Mapper Matrix ASIC DRAM FLASH Figure 3-3 shows the DS1N-14 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 177: Ds1-14 And Ds1N-14 Hosted By Xcvt, Xc10G, Or Xc-Vxc-10G

    The XC10G and XCVT cards manage up to 336 bidirectional VT1.5 ports. The XC-VXC-10G card can manage up to 2688 bidirectional VT1.5 ports 3.4.5 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Card-Level Indicators Table 3-5 describes the three card-level LEDs on the DS1-14 and DS1N-14 card faceplates. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 178: Ds1-14 And Ds1N-14 Port-Level Indicators

    UBIC EIA, and Software Release 6.0 or greater. Note The UBIC-H EIA supports the termination of both DS-1 and E-1 signals when used with the appropriate cables. The UBIC-V EIA only supports the termination of DS-1 signals. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 179: Figure 3-4 Ds1/E1-56 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    BERT. For more information on BERT, see 3.2 Bit Error Rate Testing, page 3-4. 3.5.2 DS1/E1-56 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-4 shows the DS1/E1-56 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 180: Table 3-7 Ds1/E1-56 Card-Level Indicators

    3 thru 6 not shown LINK to Analog Digital DS1/E1 x8 ports x8 ports Octal AD BUS PROC 3.5.3 DS1/E1-56 Card-Level Indicators The DS1/E1-56 card has three card-level LED indicators (Table 3-7). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 181: Ds1/E1-56 Port-Level Indicators

    DS3-12 card that allows it to protect up to five working DS3-12 cards. The basic DS3-12 card can only function as the protect card for one other DS3-12 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-13...
  • Page 182: Ds3-12 And Ds3N-12 Slots And Connectors

    3.6.2 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-5 shows the DS3-12 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Figure 3-5 DS3-12 Faceplate and Block Diagram FAIL ACT/STBY Line Protection DS3A Interface Relay ASIC ASIC Units Matrix Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 183: Figure 3-6 Ds3N-12 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    When the ACT/STBY LED is amber, the card is operational and Green (Active) in standby (protect) mode. Amber (Standby) Amber SF LED The amber SF LED indicates a signal failure or condition such as port LOS. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 184: Ds3-12 And Ds3N-12 Port-Level Indicators

    14 and 15 (except another DS3/EC1-48 card can be installed in Slot 15) 12 and 13 Do not install low-density DS-1 cards in the same side of the shelf as DS3/EC1-48 cards. Caution Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 185: Ds3/Ec1-48 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    “7.2 Electrical Card Protection and the Backplane” section on page 7-5 for more information about electrical card slot protection and restrictions. 3.7.2 DS3/EC1-48 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-7 shows the DS3/EC1-48 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 186: Ds3/Ec1-48 Card-Level Indicators

    DS3/EC1 Mapper Ports & Protection Framer/ FPGA Mux/Relays Mapper/ (UBIC-V, UBIC-H, or PROTECT HD MiniBNC) IBPIA ASIC Processor 3.7.3 DS3/EC1-48 Card-Level Indicators The DS3/EC1-48 card has three card-level LED indicators (Table 3-10). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 187: Ds3/Ec1-48 Port-Level Indicators

    EIA, the card supports BNC or SMB connectors. See the “7.2 Electrical Card Protection and the Backplane” section on page 7-5 for more information about electrical card slot protection and restrictions. Figure 3-8 shows the DS3i-N-12 faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 188: Ds3I-N-12 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    • M-bit monitoring • F-bit monitoring • Far-end block error (FEBE) monitoring • Far-end alarm and control (FEAC) status and loop code detection • Path trace byte support with TIM-P alarm generation Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 189: Table 3-11 Ds3I-N-12 Card-Level Indicators

    Use the LCD to view the status of any port or card slot; the screen displays the number and severity of alarms for a given port or slot. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a complete description of the alarm messages.
  • Page 190: Ds3-12E And Ds3N-12E Slots And Connectors

    “7.2 Electrical Card Protection and the Backplane” section on page 7-5 for more information about electrical card slot protection and restrictions. 3.9.2 DS3-12E Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-9 shows the DS3-12E faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 191: Figure 3-9 Ds3-12E Faceplate And Block Diagram

    Unit #1 BERT ASIC FPGA ASIC main DS3-m12 protect DS3-p12 Line Interface Unit #1 FPGA uP bus Processor SDRAM Flash Figure 3-10 shows the DS3N-12E faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-23 78-18106-01...
  • Page 192: Figure 3-10 Ds3N-12E Faceplate And Block Diagram

    When the ACT/STBY LED is amber, the card is operational and Green (Active) in standby (protect) mode. Amber (Standby) Amber SF LED The amber SF LED indicates a signal failure or condition such as port LOS or AIS. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 193: Ds3-12E And Ds3N-12E Port-Level Indicators

    Card Protection and the Backplane” section on page 7-5 for more information about electrical card slot protection and restrictions. 3.10.2 DS3XM-6 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-11 shows the DS3XM-6 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 194: Ds3Xm-6 Hosted By Xcvt, Xc10G, Or Xc-Vxc-10G

    336 bidirectional VT1.5s on two DS3XM-6 cards. In most network configurations, two DS3XM-6 cards are paired together as working and protect cards. 3.10.4 DS3XM-6 Card-Level Indicators Table 3-13 describes the three card-level LEDs on the DS3XM-6 card faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 195: Ds3Xm-6 Port-Level Indicators

    During an upgrade of the DS3XM-6 card to DS3XM-12 card, the DS-3XM-12 card (in slots 1 to 5) encounters an insufficient cable loss of margin when the LBO setting on the DS-3 input ports are set between 225 to 450 feet cable lengths. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-27 78-18106-01...
  • Page 196: Ported Mode

    XC10G/XC-VXC-10G Shelf Port Maximums (XCVT Card) XC-VXC-10G Cards) (any multiservice slot) Portless Ports Ported Ports Do not install low-density DS-1 cards in the same side of the shelf as DS3XM-12 cards. Caution Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-28 78-18106-01...
  • Page 197: Protection Modes

    FEAC based DS1 and DS3 loopbacks (TX and RX) DS1 ESF-FDL TX line and payload loopbacks • DS1 SF (D4) “in-band” TX loopbacks • AT&T TR 54016 ESF DS1 TX line and payload loopbacks • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-29 78-18106-01...
  • Page 198: Table 3-15 Ds3Xm-12 Features

    The card can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 or 12 to 17. Each DS3XM-12 port features DSX-level outputs supporting distances up to 137 meters (450 feet) depending on facility conditions. 3.11.8 DS3XM-12 Faceplate and Block Diagram Figure 3-12 shows the DS3XM-12 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-30 78-18106-01...
  • Page 199: Ds3Xm-12 Card-Level Indicators

    & Protection Framer/ FPGA DS3 LIU Mux/Relays Mapper PROTECT IBPIA ASIC DS3 Mapped STS’1s (Portless Mode) Processor 3.11.9 DS3XM-12 Card-Level Indicators Table 3-16 describes the three card-level LEDs on the DS3XM-12 card faceplate. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-31 78-18106-01...
  • Page 200: Ds3Xm-12 Port-Level Indicators

    You can find the status of the twelve DS3XM-12 card ports by using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. Use the LCD to quickly view the status of any port or card slot; the screen displays the number and severity of alarms for a given port or slot. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 3-32 78-18106-01...
  • Page 201 The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 202: Chapter 4 Optical Card

    “1.17 Cards and Slots” section on page 1-71 for a list of slots and symbols. 4.1.1 Card Summary Table 4-1 lists the Cisco ONS 15454 optical cards. Table 4-1 Optical Cards for the ONS 15454 Card Port Description For Additional Information...
  • Page 203: Table

    LH ITU 15xx.xx one extended long-range OC-192 port. This card is LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx available in multiple wavelengths in the 1550-nm Card” section on page 4-38. range of the ITU grid for 100-GHz-spaced DWDM. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 204: Card Compatibility

    1. In the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) GUI, these cards are known as OC192-XFP. The Cisco OC3 IR/STM1 SH, OC12 IR/STM4 SH, and OC48 IR/STM16 SH interface optics, all Note working at 1310 nm, are optimized for the most widely used SMF-28 fiber, available from many suppliers.
  • Page 205: Table 4-2 Optical Card Software Release Compatibility

    3. To enable OC-192 and OC-48 any-slot card operation, use the XC10G or XC-VXC-10G card, the TCC+/TCC2/TCC2P card, Software R3.1 or later, and the 15454-SA-ANSI or 154545-SA-HD shelf assembly. Note that the TCC+ card is not compatible with Software 4.5 or later. 4. These cards are designated as OC192-XFP in CTC. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 206: Oc3 Ir 4/Stm1 Sh 1310 Card

    OC3IR4 STM1SH 1310 FAIL STS-12 OC-3 STS-3 Optical termination/ STS-12/ Transceiver framing STS-3 STS-3 Mux/Demux Optical termination/ Transceiver framing ASIC STS-3 Optical termination/ Transceiver framing STS-3 Optical termination/ Transceiver framing Flash uP bus Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 207: Oc3 Ir 4/Stm1 Sh 1310 Card-Level Indicators

    Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a complete description of the alarm messages.
  • Page 208: Figure 4-2 Oc3Ir/Stm1 Sh 1310-8 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    Transceiver #3 STM-1 BPIA TX Optical Prot Transceiver #4 OCEAN ASIC STM-1 Optical BPIA TX Transceiver #5 Main STM-1 Optical Transceiver #6 STM-1 Optical Flash Transceiver #7 STM-1 Optical uP bus Transceiver #8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 209: Oc3 Ir/Stm1 Sh 1310-8 Port-Level Indicators

    Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a complete description of the alarm messages.
  • Page 210: Oc12 Ir/Stm4 Sh 1310 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    The OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310 card interface features a 1310-nm laser and contains a transmit and receive connector (labeled) on the card faceplate. The OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310 card uses SC optical connections and supports 1+1 unidirectional and bidirectional protection. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 211: Oc12 Ir/Stm4 Sh 1310 Card-Level Indicators

    ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. Use the LCD to view the status of any port or card slot; the screen displays the number and severity of alarms for a given port or slot. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a complete description of the alarm messages.
  • Page 212: Figure 4-4 Oc12 Lr/Stm4 Lh 1310 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    The OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 card detects LOS, LOF, LOP, AIS-L, and RDI-L conditions. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line BIT errors.
  • Page 213: Oc12 Lr/Stm4 Lh 1310 Card-Level Indicators

    The laser is on when the optical card is booted. The port does not have to be in service for the laser Warning to be on. Statement 293 Note The OC12 LR 1550 and OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 cards are functionally the same. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 214: Figure 4-5 Oc12 Lr/Stm4 Lh 1550 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    The OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 detects LOS, LOF, LOP, AIS-L, and RDI-L conditions. The card also counts section and line BIT errors. 4.6.1 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 Card-Level Indicators Table 4-7 describes the three card-level LEDs on the OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 215: Oc12 Lr/Stm4 Lh 1550 Port-Level Indicators

    The laser is on when the optical card is booted. The port does not have to be in service for the laser Warning to be on. Statement 293 Figure 4-6 shows the OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 216: Oc12 Ir/Stm4 Sh 1310-4 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    You can provision protection on a per port basis. The OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 card detects LOS, LOF, LOP, MS-AIS, and MS-FERF conditions. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors.
  • Page 217: Table 4-8 Oc12 Ir/Stm4 Sh 1310-4 Card-Level Indicators

    The laser is on when the optical card is booted. The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. Statement 293 Figure 4-7 shows the OC48 IR 1310 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 218: Oc48 Ir 1310 Card-Level Indicators

    The OC48 IR 1310 detects LOS, LOF, LOP, AIS-L, and RDI-L conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors. 4.8.1 OC48 IR 1310 Card-Level Indicators Table 4-9 describes the three card-level LEDs on the OC48 IR 1310 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 219: Table 4-9 Oc48 Ir 1310 Card-Level Indicators

    The laser is on when the optical card is booted. The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. Statement 293 Figure 4-8 shows the OC48 LR 1550 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 220: Figure 4-8 Oc48 Lr 1550 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    The OC48 LR 1550 detects LOS, LOF, LOP, AIS-L, and RDI-L conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors. 4.9.1 OC48 LR 1550 Card-Level Indicators Table 4-10 describes the three card-level LEDs on the OC48 LR 1550 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 221: Oc48 Lr 1550 Port-Level Indicators

    SH AS 1310 faceplate and a block diagram of the card. The laser is on when the optical card is booted. The port does not have to be in service for the laser Warning to be on. Statement 293 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-21 78-18106-01...
  • Page 222: Oc48 Ir/Stm16 Sh As 1310 Card-Level Indicators

    The OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 detects LOS, LOF, LOP, AIS-L, and RDI-L conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors. 4.10.1 OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 Card-Level Indicators Table 4-11 lists the three card-level LEDs on the OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 223: Oc48 Ir/Stm16 Sh As 1310 Port-Level Indicators

    The laser is on when the optical card is booted. The port does not have to be in service for the laser Warning to be on. Statement 293 Figure 4-10 shows a block diagram and the faceplate of the OC48 LR/STM16 LH AS 1550 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-23 78-18106-01...
  • Page 224: Oc48 Lr/Stm16 Lh As 1550 Card-Level Indicators

    The OC48 LR/STM16 LH AS 1550 detects LOS, LOF, LOP, AIS-L, and RDI-L conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors. 4.11.1 OC48 LR/STM16 LH AS 1550 Card-Level Indicators Table 4-12 describes the three card-level LEDs on the OC48 LR/STM16 LH AS 1550 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 225: Oc48 Lr/Stm16 Lh As 1550 Port-Level Indicators

    The laser is on when the optical card is booted. The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. Statement 293 Figure 4-11 shows the OC48 ELR/STM16 EH 100 GHz faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 226: Figure 4-11 Oc48 Elr/Stm16 Eh 100 Ghz Faceplate And Block Diagram

    1546.92 nm, 1547.72 nm, 1548.51 nm,1549.32 nm, 1550.12 nm, 1550.92 nm, 1551.72 nm, 1552.52 nm, 1554.13 nm, 1554.94 nm, 1555.75 nm, 1556.55 nm, 1557.36 nm, 1558.17 nm, 1558.98 nm, 1559.79 nm, and 1560.61 nm). These cards are also designed to interoperate with the Cisco ONS 15216 DWDM solution.
  • Page 227: Table 4-13 Oc48 Elr/Stm16 Eh 100 Ghz Card-Level Indicators

    The laser is on when the optical card is booted. The port does not have to be in service for the laser Warning to be on. Statement 293 Figure 4-12 shows the OC48 ELR 200 GHz faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-27 78-18106-01...
  • Page 228: Figure 4-12 Oc48 Elr 200 Ghz Faceplate And Block Diagram

    The other nine cards operate in the red band with spacing of 200 GHz on the ITU grid (1547.72 nm, 1549.32 nm, 1550.92 nm, 1552.52 nm, 1554.13 nm, 1555.75 nm, 1557.36 nm, 1558.98 nm, and 1560.61 nm). These cards are also designed to interoperate with the Cisco ONS 15216 DWDM solution.
  • Page 229: Oc48 Elr 200 Ghz Card-Level Indicators

    1310-nm wavelength range, compliant with ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.691, ITU-T G.957, and Telcordia GR-253-CORE. The port operates at 9.95328 Gbps over unamplified distances up to 2 km (1.24 miles). The card supports VT, nonconcatenated (STS-1), or concatenated payloads. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-29 78-18106-01...
  • Page 230: Oc192 Sr/Stm64 Io 1310 Card-Level Indicators

    The OC192 SR/STM64 IO 1310 card detects SF, LOS, or LOF conditions on the optical facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors from B1 and B2 byte registers in the section and line overhead.
  • Page 231: Oc192 Sr/Stm64 Io 1310 Port-Level Indicators

    ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. Use the LCD to view the status of any port or card slot; the screen displays the number and severity of alarms for a given port or slot. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a complete description of the alarm messages.
  • Page 232: Oc192 Ir/Stm64 Sh 1550 Card-Level Indicators

    The OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550 card detects SF, LOS, or LOF conditions on the optical facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors from B1 and B2 byte registers in the section and line overhead.
  • Page 233: Oc192 Ir/Stm64 Sh 1550 Port-Level Indicators

    ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. Use the LCD to view the status of any port or card slot; the screen displays the number and severity of alarms for a given port or slot. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a complete description of the alarm messages.
  • Page 234: Oc192 Lr/Stm64 Lh 1550 (15454-Oc192Lr1550) Faceplate And Block Diagram

    ADC x 8 SRAM Flash Processor Dig Pol x 2 MAX INPUT POWER LEVEL - 10dBm Class 1M (IEC) Class 1 (CDRH) Figure 4-16 shows an enlarged view of the faceplate warning for 15454-OC192-LR2. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-34 78-18106-01...
  • Page 235: Figure 4-16 Enlarged Section Of The Oc192 Lr/Stm64 Lh 1550 (15454-Oc192Lr1550) Faceplate

    DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS. MAX INPUT POWER LEVEL - 10dBm Class 1M (IEC) Class 1 (CDRH) Figure 4-17 shows the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 (15454-OC192-LR2) faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-35 78-18106-01...
  • Page 236: Oc192 Lr/Stm64 Lh 1550 (15454-Oc192-Lr2) Faceplate And Block Diagram

    Demux transceiver ASIC OC-192/STM-64 Optical transceiver CK Mpy MAX INPUT POWER LEVEL -7 dBm ADC x 8 SRAM Flash Processor Figure 4-18 shows an enlarged view of the faceplate warning on 15454-OC192LR1550. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-36 78-18106-01...
  • Page 237: Enlarged Section Of The Oc192 Lr/Stm64 Lh 1550 (15454-Oc192-Lr2) Faceplate

    You can install OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 cards in Slots 5, 6, 12, and 13 and provision the card as a drop or span card in a two-fiber or four-fiber BLSR, path protection, ADM (linear) configuration, or as a regenerator for longer span reaches. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-37 78-18106-01...
  • Page 238: Table 4-17 Oc192 Lr/Stm64 Lh 1550 Card-Level Indicators

    4.17 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “A.6.16 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Card Specifications” section on page A-42. See Table 4-2 on page 4-5 for optical card compatibility. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-38 78-18106-01...
  • Page 239: Figure 4-19 Oc192 Lr/Stm64 Lh Itu 15Xx.xx Faceplate

    OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Faceplate OC192LR STM64LH FAIL MAX INPUT POWER LEVEL -8 dBm MAX INPUT POWER LEVEL -8 dBm Figure 4-20 shows a block diagram of the OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-39 78-18106-01...
  • Page 240: Oc192 Lr/Stm64 Lh Itu 15Xx.xx Card-Level Indicators

    The OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx card detects SF, LOS, or LOF conditions on the optical facility. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a description of these conditions. The card also counts section and line BIP errors from B1 and B2 byte registers in the section and line overhead.
  • Page 241: Table 4-18 Oc192 Lr/Stm64 Lh Itu 15Xx.xx Card-Level Indicators

    ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. Use the LCD to view the status of any port or card slot; the screen displays the number and severity of alarms for a given port or slot. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a complete description of the alarm messages.
  • Page 242: Slot Compatibility By Cross-Connect Card

    You can install 15454_MRC-12 cards in Slots 1 through 6 and 12 through 17 with an XCVT, XC10G, or XC-VXC-10G. Note The 15454_MRC-12 card supports an errorless software-initiated cross-connect card switch when used in a shelf equipped with XC-VXC-10G and TCC2/TCC2P cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-42 78-18106-01...
  • Page 243: Ports And Line Rates

    If Port 4 is used as an OC-3, Ports 2 and 3 can be used as an OC-3 or OC-12. – If Port 7 is used as an OC-3, Ports 5, 6, and 8 can be used as an OC-3 or OC-12. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-43 78-18106-01...
  • Page 244: Table 4-20 Line Rate Configurations Per 15454_Mrc-12 Port, Based On Available Bandwidth

    — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-44 78-18106-01...
  • Page 245: Table 4-21 15454_Mrc-12 Card-Level Indicators

    1. If the MRC-12 card is initially populated with OC-3/12 on all its 12 ports, you can later add OC-48 SFPs on that card from top port to bottom port or from bottom port to top port. The maximum available bandwidth usage is different for these two cases. 4.18.3 15454_MRC-12 Card-Level Indicators Table 4-21 describes the three card-level LEDs on the 15454_MRC-12 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-45 78-18106-01...
  • Page 246: Mrc-12 Port-Level Indicators

    Use the LCD to view the status of any port or card slot; the screen displays the number and severity of alarms for a given port or slot. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a complete description of the alarm messages.
  • Page 247: Figure 4-22 Mrc-2.5G-4 Card Faceplate And Block Diagram

    Port 1 iBPIA SFP Optical XCVR OC-3/12 (STM-1/4/) Port 2 SFP Optical XCVR Amazon OC-3/12 ASIC (STM-1/4) Port 3 SFP Optical XCVR OC-3/12 (STM-1/4/16) Port 4 Processor SFP Optical XCVR Flash Memory Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-47 78-18106-01...
  • Page 248: Maximum Bandwidth By Shelf Slot For The Mrc-2.5G-4 In Different Cross-Connect Configurations

    Port 1 is the only port that is usable as an OC-48/STM-16. If Port 1 is used as an – OC-48/STM-16, all other ports are disabled. Mixed OC-3/STM-1 and OC-12/STM-4 configurations are supported. All possible – permutations are not covered in this reference section. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-48 78-18106-01...
  • Page 249: Mrc-2.5G-4 Card-Level Indicators

    Use the LCD to view the status of any port or card slot; the screen displays the number and severity of alarms for a given port or slot. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a complete description of the alarm messages.
  • Page 250: Oc192Sr1/Stm64Io Short Reach And Oc192/Stm64 Any Reach Cards

    The OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach and OC192/STM64 Any Reach cards support an errorless software-initiated cross-connect card switch when used in a shelf equipped with XC-VXC-10G and TCC2/TCC2P cards. Figure 4-23 shows the faceplates and block diagram for the two cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-50 78-18106-01...
  • Page 251: Oc192Sr1/Stm64Io Short Reach And Oc192/Stm64 Any Reach Card Faceplates And Block Diagram

    40 km. • A card using the LR-2 XFP is intended to be used in applications requiring 10-Gbps transport with unregenerated spans of up to 80 km. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-51 78-18106-01...
  • Page 252: Oc192Sr1/Stm64Io Short Reach And Oc192/Stm64 Any Reach Card-Level Indicators

    Currently, the only optical cards that use SFPs and XFPs are the 15454_MRC-12, MRC-2.5G-4, OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach, and OC192/STM64 Any Reach cards. For all optical cards, the type of SFP or XFP plugged into the card is displayed in CTC and TL1. Cisco offers SFPs and XFPs as separate orderable products.
  • Page 253: Table 4-26 Sfp And Xfp Card Compatibility

    2. This card is designated as OC192-XFP in CTC SFPs that are LED based do not support the Optical power transmitted (OPT) and laser bias current (LBC) optical parameters. Table 4-27 lists the LED based SFPs. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-53 78-18106-01...
  • Page 254: Sfp Description

    See the label on the SFP for technology type and model. Three latch types are available: mylar (Figure 4-24), actuator/button (Figure 4-25), and bail clasp (Figure 4-26). Figure 4-24 Mylar Tab SFP Figure 4-25 Actuator/Button SFP Figure 4-26 Bail Clasp SFP SFP dimensions are: Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-54 78-18106-01...
  • Page 255: Xfp Description

    4-28. See the label on the XFP for technology type and model. Figure 4-27 Bail Clasp XFP (Unlatched) Figure 4-28 Bail Clasp XFP (Latched) XFP dimensions are: Height 0.33 in. (8.5 mm) • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 4-55 78-18106-01...
  • Page 256: Ppm Provisioning

    SFPs and XFPs are known as pluggable-port modules (PPMs) in CTC. Multirate PPMs for the 15454_MRC-12 card can be provisioned for different line rates in CTC. For more information about provisioning PPMs, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5...
  • Page 257 The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 258: Chapter 5 Ethernet Card

    Each card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly. Note The cards are then installed into slots displaying the same symbols. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for a list of slots and symbols.
  • Page 259: Table 5-2 Ethernet Card Software Compatibility

    — — — — — — — — — — — — — Yes Yes Yes CE-MR-10 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 260: E100T-12 Card

    This Ethernet capability enables network operators to provide multiple 10/100-Mbps access drops for high-capacity customer LAN interconnects, Internet traffic, and cable modem traffic aggregation. It enables the efficient transport and co-existence of traditional time-division multiplexing (TDM) traffic with packet-switched data traffic. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 261: Slot Compatibility

    Table 5-4 E100T-12 Port-Level Indicators LED State Description Amber The port is active (transmitting and receiving data). Solid green The link is established. The connection is inactive, or traffic is unidirectional. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 262: Cross-Connect Compatibility

    Figure 5-2 shows the faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Figure 5-2 E100T-G Faceplate and Block Diagram E100T-G FAIL Flash DRAM A/D Mux Ethernet 10/100 MACs/switch PHYS FPGA Buffer Control memory memory Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 263: E100T-G Card-Level Indicators

    You can find the status of the E100T-G card port using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly. Use the LCD to view the status of any port or card slot; the screen displays the number and severity of alarms for a given port or slot. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 264: E1000-2 Card

    The E1000-2 card uses GBIC modular receptacles for the optical interfaces. For details, see the “5.14 Ethernet Card GBICs and SFPs” section on page 5-33. Figure 5-3 shows the card faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 265: E1000-2 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    ONS 15454. Logical ports can be created with a bandwidth granularity of STS-1. The ONS 15454 supports STS-1, STS-3c, STS-6c, or STS-12c circuit sizes. When making an STS-12c circuit, the E-Series cards must be configured as single-card EtherSwitch. Note Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 266: E1000-2 Card-Level Indicators

    Solid green The link is established. The connection is inactive, or traffic is unidirectional. 5.4.4 Cross-Connect Compatibility The E1000-2 is compatible with XCVT cards. The XC10G and XC-VXC-10G cards require the E1000-2-G card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 267: E1000-2-G Card

    The E1000-2-G card uses GBIC modular receptacles for the optical interfaces. For details, see the “5.14 Ethernet Card GBICs and SFPs” section on page 5-33. Figure 5-4 shows the card faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 268: E1000-2-G Faceplate And Block Diagram

    (typically subscribers). Multiple E-Series Ethernet cards installed in an ONS 15454 can act together as a single switching entity or as independent single switches supporting a variety of SONET port configurations. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 269: E1000-2-G Card-Level Indicators

    The connection is inactive, or traffic is unidirectional. 5.5.3 Cross-Connect Compatibility The E1000-2-G is compatible with the XCVT, XC10G, and XC-VXC-10G cards. You can install the card in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 270: G1K-4 Card

    (IP and other Layer 2 or Layer 3 protocols) across a SONET network while providing a greater degree of reliability through SONET self-healing protection services. Carrier-class Ethernet transport is achieved by hitless (< 50 ms) performance in the event of any failures or protection Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 271: Sts-24C Restriction

    ACT LED (Green) The green ACT LED provides the operational status of the G1K-4. If the ACT LED is green, it indicates that the G1K-4 card is active and the software is operational. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 272: Table 5-12 G1K-4 Port-Level Indicators

    The ports autoconfigure to operate at either half or full duplex and can determine whether to enable or disable flow control. For ML-Series configuration information, see the Cisco ONS 15454 and Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide.
  • Page 273: Ml100T-12 Card-Level Indicators

    STS-48. The ports function in a manner similar to OC-N card ports, and each port carries an STS circuit with a size of STS-1, STS-3c, STS-6c, STS-9c, STS-12c, or STS-24c. To configure an ML-Series card SONET STS circuit, refer to the “Create Circuits and VT Tunnels” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
  • Page 274: Ml100T-12 Port-Level Indicators

    Each interface supports full-duplex operation for autonegotiation and a maximum bandwidth of 200 Mbps per port and 2.488 Gbps per card. For ML-Series configuration information, see the Cisco ONS 15454 and Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide.
  • Page 275: Ml100X-8 Card-Level Indicators

    STS-48. The ports function in a manner similar to OC-N card ports, and each port carries an STS circuit with a size of STS-1, STS-3c, STS-6c, STS-9c, STS-12c, or STS-24c. To configure an ML-Series card SONET STS circuit, refer to the “Create Circuits and VT Tunnels” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
  • Page 276: Ml100X-8 Port-Level Indicators

    SFP modules are offered as separate orderable products for maximum customer flexibility. For details, see the “5.14 Ethernet Card GBICs and SFPs” section on page 5-33. Figure 5-8 shows the ML1000-2 card faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 277: Ml1000-2 Card-Level Indicators

    STS-48. The ports function in a manner similar to OC-N card ports, and each port carries an STS circuit with a size of STS-1, STS-3c, STS-6c, STS-9c, STS-12c, or STS-24c. To configure an ML-Series card SONET STS circuit, refer to the “Create Circuits and VT Tunnels” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
  • Page 278: Ml1000-2 Port-Level Indicators

    -24c, STS- 48c, and STS -96c. A maximum aggregate of OC-192 of bandwidth can terminate on a single card. The RPR interface on ML-MR-10 supports only framed generic framing procedure (GFP-F) encapsulation for SONET. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 279: Figure 5-9 Ml-Mr-10 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Cisco IOS is used to provision the Layer 2 functions of the card. The ML-MR-10 card provides management for Layer 1 operations through CTC. You can use CTM for Layer 1 and Layer 2 monitoring and fault detection, and TL1 supports card inventory and equipment alarming.
  • Page 280: Ml-Mr-10 Card-Level Indicators

    The ML-MR-10 card supports an Ethernet Virtual Connection (EVC), which is an instance of an association of two or more user network interfaces (UNI) for Ethernet services. For more information on EVC, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 and Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide.
  • Page 281: Ce-100T-8 Card

    Each 10/100 Ethernet port can be mapped to a SONET channel in increments of VT1.5 or STS-1 granularity, allowing efficient transport of Ethernet and IP over the SONET infrastructure. Figure 5-10 shows the CE-100T-8 card faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 282: Figure 5-10 Ce-100T-8 Faceplate And Block Diagram

    (GFP or HDLC). Decapsulated Ethernet frames are then passed onto the network processor for QoS queuing and traffic scheduling. The network processor switches the frame to one of the corresponding PHY channels and then to the Ethernet port for transmission to the external client(s). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 283: Ce-100T-8 Card-Level Indicators

    Ethernet Cards 5.11.1 CE-100T-8 Card-Level Indicators For information on the CE-100T-8 QoS features, refer to the “CE-100T-8 Operations” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 and Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide. 5.11.1 CE-100T-8 Card-Level Indicators...
  • Page 284 To configure a CE-1000-4 card SONET STS or VCAT circuit, refer to the “Create Circuits and Tunnels” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. The CE-1000-4 card provides multiple management options through Cisco Transport Controller (CTC), Cisco Transport Manager (CTM), Transaction Language 1 (TL1), and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).
  • Page 285: Ce-1000-4 Card-Level Indicators

    Delay. FPGA Mem. CLOCK Generation ACT/LNK POWER 50MHz,100Mhz -48V 5V, 3.3V, 2.5V, 1.8V, -1.7V 125Mhz,155MHz 5.12.1 CE-1000-4 Card-Level Indicators The CE-1000-4 card faceplate has two card-level LED indicators, described in Table 5-23. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-29 78-18106-01...
  • Page 286: Ce-1000-4 Port-Level Indicators

    XC-VXC-10G cards. When the shelf uses the XCVT card, the CE-1000-4 card can only be installed in Slots 5, 6, 12, and 13. 5.13 CE-MR-10 Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “A.7.7 CE-MR-10 Card Specifications” section on page A-51. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-30 78-18106-01...
  • Page 287 To configure a CE-MR-10 card circuit, refer to the “Create Circuits and Tunnels” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. The CE-MR-10 card provides multiple management options through CTC, CTM, TL1, and SNMP. Figure 5-12 shows the CE-MR-10 card faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-31 78-18106-01...
  • Page 288: Ce-Mr-10 Card-Level Indicators

    The backplane capacity of the CE-MR-10 card is 10 Gigabit Ethernet Ports in slots 5, 6, 12, and 13 and Note 2.5 Gigabit Ethernet Ports in slots 1 to 4 and 14 to 17. 5.13.1 CE-MR-10 Card-Level Indicators The CE-MR-10 card faceplate has two card-level LED indicators, described in Table 5-25. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-32 78-18106-01...
  • Page 289: Ce-Mr-10 Port-Level Indicators

    ML-MR-10, ML100X-8, ML1000-2, and CE-MR-10 cards use standard Cisco SFPs. The Gigabit E-Series, G-1K-4, and CE-1000-4 cards use standard Cisco GBICs. With Software Release 4.1 and later, G-Series cards can also be equipped with dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM) and coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) GBICs to function as Gigabit Ethernet transponders.
  • Page 290: Compatibility By Card

    Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.14.1 Compatibility by Card For all Ethernet cards, the type of GBIC or SFP plugged into the card is displayed in CTC and TL1. Cisco offers SFPs and GBICs as separate orderable products. 5.14.1 Compatibility by Card Table 5-27 shows the GBICs for the E1000-2-G, G1K-4, or CE-1000-4 cards.
  • Page 291: Gbic Description

    EXT—Extended operating temperature range –5 degrees C to 85 degrees C (23 degrees F to • 185 degrees F) IND—Industrial operating temperature range –40 degrees C to 85 degrees C (-40 degrees F to • 185 degrees F) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-35 78-18106-01...
  • Page 292: G1K-4 Dwdm And Cwdm Gbics

    CWDM or DWDM GBICs. DWDM wavelengths are spaced closer together and require more precise lasers than CWDM. The DWDM spectrum allows for optical signal amplification. For more information on G-Series card transponding mode, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 and Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide.
  • Page 293: Cwdm Gbic With Wavelength Appropriate For Fiber-Connected Device

    ACT/LINK A G-Series card equipped with CWDM or DWDM GBICs supports the delivery of unprotected Gigabit Ethernet service over Metro DWDM (Figure 5-15). It can be used in short-haul and long-haul applications. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-37 78-18106-01...
  • Page 294: Figure 5-15 G-Series With Cwdm/Dwdm Gbics In Cable Network

    EXT—Extended operating temperature range –5 degrees C to 85 degrees C (23 degrees F to 185 degrees F) • IND—Industrial operating temperature range –40 degrees C to 85 degrees C (-40 degrees F to 185 degrees F) Figure 5-16 Mylar Tab SFP Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-38 78-18106-01...
  • Page 295: Figure 5-17 Actuator/Button Sfp

    Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.14.4 SFP Description Figure 5-17 Actuator/Button SFP Figure 5-18 Bail Clasp SFP Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-39 78-18106-01...
  • Page 296 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.14.4 SFP Description Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 5-40 78-18106-01...
  • Page 297: Fc_Mr-4 Card Overview

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 298: Chapter 6 Storage Acces Networking Card

    Frame encapsulation: ITU-T G.7041 transparent generic framing procedure (GFP-T) • High-order SONET/SDH VCAT support (STS1-Xv and STS-3c-Xv/VC4-Xv) Differential delay support for VCAT circuits • • Interoperation with the Cisco MDS 9000 switches Figure 6-1 shows the FC_MR-4 faceplate and block diagram. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 299: Fc_Mr-4 Card-Level Indicators

    FAIL LED persists. ACT LED (Green) If the ACT/STBY LED is green, the card is operational and ready to carry traffic. ACT LED (Amber) If the ACT/STBY LED is amber, the card is rebooting. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 300: Fc_Mr-4 Port-Level Indicators

    Use the LCD to view the status of any port or card slot; the screen displays the number and severity of alarms for a given port or slot. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for a complete description of the alarm messages.
  • Page 301: Enhanced Card Mode

    Enabling of a storage access networking (SAN) extension over long distances through • buffer-to-buffer (B2B) credit spoofing. – 2300 km for 1G ports (longer distances supported with lesser throughput) 1150 km for 2G ports (longer distances supported with lesser throughput) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 302: Differential Delay Features

    Chapter 6 Storage Access Networking Cards 6.2.2 Enhanced Card Mode • Negotiation mechanism to identify whether a far-end FC-over-SONET card supports the Cisco proprietary B2B mechanism • Auto detection of FC switch B2B credits from FC-SW standards-based exchange link parameters (ELP) frames •...
  • Page 303: Link Integrity

    Remote Fibre Channel/FICON circuit bandwidth upgrades through integrated Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) • Multiple management options through CTC, Cisco Transport Manager (CTM), TL1, and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Differential delay compensation of up to 122 ms for diversely routed VCAT circuits •...
  • Page 304: Table 6-2 Gbic Compatibility

    Table 6-2 GBIC Compatibility Compatible GBIC or SFP Cisco Top Assembly Card (Cisco Product ID) Number (TAN) FC_MR-4 15454-GBIC-SX 30-0759-01 (ONS 15454 SONET/SDH) 15454E-GBIC-SX 800-06780-01 15454-GBIC-LX/LH 10-1743-01 15454E-GBIC-LX/LH 30-0703-01 ONS-GX-2FC-MMI 10-2015-01 ONS-GX-2FC-SML 10-2016-01 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 305: Electrical Card Protection

    C H A P T E R Card Protection This chapter explains the Cisco ONS 15454 card protection configurations. To provision card protection, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Chapter topics include: • 7.1 Electrical Card Protection, page 7-1 •...
  • Page 306: Protection

    Supported 1:1 Protection by Electrical Card Working Card Protect Card Working Slot Protection Slot DS1-14 or DS1N-14 DS1-14 or DS1N-14 DS3-12/DS3-12E or DS3-12 or DS3N-12 DS3N-12/DS3N-12E DS3i-N-12 DS3i-N-12 DS3XM-6 (Transmux) DS3XM-6 (Transmux) DS3XM-12 (Transmux) DS3XM-12 (Transmux) 14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 307: N Protection

    , 17 DS3N-12/DS3N-12E N < 5 DS3-12/DS3-12E or 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 DS3N-12/DS3N-12E 12, 13, 14, 16, 17 N < 5 DS3i-N-12 DS3i-N-12 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 12, 13, 14, 16, 17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 308: Revertive Switching

    There is a variable time period for the lag between detection and reversion, called the revertive delay, which you can set using the ONS 15454 software, Cisco Transport Controller (CTC). To set the revertive delay, refer to the “Turn Up a Node” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
  • Page 309: Table 7-3 Eia Connectors Per Side

    The ONS 15454 supports 1:N equipment protection for all add-drop multiplexer (ADM) configurations (ring, linear, and terminal), as specified by Telcordia GR-253-CORE. For detailed procedures for setting up DS-1 and DS-3 protection groups, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. 7.2 Electrical Card Protection and the Backplane Protection schemes for electrical cards depend on the EIA type used on the ONS 15454 backplane.
  • Page 310: Table 7-4 Electrical Card Protection By Eia Type

    LD, Protect — — HD, Working A — — 1, 2 — — 1, 2 — — 16, 17 — — 16, 17 HD, Protect — — — — — — — — Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 311: Figure 7-3 Unprotected Low-Density Electrical Card Schemes For Eia Types

    7.2 Electrical Card Protection and the Backplane Figure 7-3 shows unprotected low-density electrical card schemes by EIA type. Figure 7-3 Unprotected Low-Density Electrical Card Schemes for EIA Types Standard BNC High-Density BNC SMB/UBIC/AMP Champ MiniBNC Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 312: Figure 7-4 Unprotected High-Density Electrical Card Schemes For Eia Types

    Chapter 7 Card Protection 7.2 Electrical Card Protection and the Backplane Figure 7-4 shows unprotected high-density electrical card schemes by EIA type. Figure 7-4 Unprotected High-Density Electrical Card Schemes for EIA Types UBIC/MiniBNC Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 313: Figure 7-5 1:1 Protection Schemes For Low-Density Electrical Cards With Eia Types

    7.2 Electrical Card Protection and the Backplane Figure 7-5 shows 1:1 low-density card protection by EIA type. Figure 7-5 1:1 Protection Schemes for Low-Density Electrical Cards with EIA Types Standard BNC High-Density BNC SMB/UBIC/AMP Champ/MiniBNC Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 314: Figure 7-6 1:N Protection Schemes For Low-Density Electrical Cards With Eia Types

    1:N protection for low-density electrical cards. Figure 7-6 1:N Protection Schemes for Low-Density Electrical Cards with EIA Types Standard BNC High-Density BNC SMB/UBIC/AMP Champ/MiniBNC EC-1 cards do not support 1:N protection. Note Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 7-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 315: Standard Bnc Protection

    Slots 13, 14, 16, and 17 can be used for working slots. Each of these slots is mapped to 24 BNC connectors on the EIA to support up to 12 transmit/receive signals. These slots can be used with or without equipment protection for DS-3 and EC-1 services. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 7-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 316: Minibnc Protection

    Slots 1, 2, 16, and 17 can be mapped to 8 SCSI connectors to support the high-density electrical card. These slots can be used with or without equipment protection for DS-1, DS-3, and EC-1 services. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 7-12...
  • Page 317: Oc-N Card Protection

    Also, 1+1 optimized span protection does not use the Manual switch command. The 1+1 optimized span protection scheme is supported only on the Cisco ONS 15454 SONET using either OC3-4 cards or OC3-8 cards with ports that are provisioned for SDH payloads.
  • Page 318: Unprotected Cards

    (SD) bit error rate threshold. A Force switch will switch traffic even if the path has SD or signal fail (SF) conditions; however, a Force switch will not override an SF on a 1+1 protection channel. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 7-14...
  • Page 319 (pair). In 1:1 protection groups, working or protect ports can have a lock on. Force and Manual switches do not apply to 1:1 protection groups; these ports have a single switch Note command. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 7-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 320 Chapter 7 Card Protection 7.5 External Switching Commands Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 7-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 321 C H A P T E R Cisco Transport Controller Operation This chapter describes Cisco Transport Controller (CTC), the software interface for the Cisco ONS 15454. For CTC set up and login information, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Chapter topics include: 8.1 CTC Software Delivery Methods, page 8-1...
  • Page 322: Figure 8-1 Ctc Software Versions, Node View

    CTC version, and the newer CTC release becomes the working version. You can view the software versions that are installed on an ONS 15454 by selecting the Maintenance > Software tabs in node view (Figure 8-1). Figure 8-1 CTC Software Versions, Node View Software tab Maintenance tab Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 323: Figure 8-2 Ctc Software Versions, Network View

    CTC has been found in the network and offers to install the CTC software upgrade JAR files. If you have network discovery disabled, CTC will not seek more recent versions of the software. Unreachable nodes are not included in the upgrade discovery. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 324: Ctc Installation Overview

    Environment (JRE) installed. The correct JRE for each CTC software release is included on the Cisco ONS 15454 software CD. If you are running multiple CTC software releases on a network, the JRE installed on the computer must be compatible with the different software releases.
  • Page 325: Table 8-1 Jre Compatibility

    CTC application files are downloaded required from the TCC2/TCC2P to your computer. These files occupy around 100MB (250MB to be safer) or more space depending on the number of versions in the network. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 326: Computer Requirements For Ctc

    JRE 5.0 JRE 5.0 is installed by the CTC Environment Installation Wizard included on the Cisco ONS 15454 software CD. JRE 5.0 provide enhancements to CTC performance, especially for large networks with numerous circuits. Cisco recommends that you use JRE 5.0 for networks with Software R8.5...
  • Page 327: Table 8-3 Ons 15454 Connection Methods

    LAN that has connectivity to the ONS 15454. Refers to a connection to the ONS 15454 Refer to the Cisco ONS SONET TL1 using TL1 rather than CTC. TL1 sessions can Reference Guide. be started from CTC, or you can use a TL1 terminal.
  • Page 328: Ctc Login

    The bottom pane provides tabs and subtab to view ONS 15454 information and perform ONS 15454 provisioning and maintenance. From this window you can display three ONS 15454 views: network, node, and card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 329: Ctc Window

    Slot is provisioned; a functioning card is installed. Yellow Slot is provisioned; a Minor alarm condition exists. Orange Slot is provisioned; a Major alarm condition exists. Slot is provisioned; a Critical alarm exists. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 330: Node View

    IS-NR, OOS-MA,DSBLD, or OOS-AU,AINS when testing is complete. Gray OOS-MA,DSBLD (Out-of-Service and Management, Disabled) The port is out-of-service and unable to carry traffic. Loopbacks are not allowed in this service state. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 8-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 331: Node View Card Shortcuts

    Node View Tabs and Subtabs Description Subtabs Alarms Lists current alarms (CR, MJ, MN) for the node — and updates them in real time. Conditions Displays a list of standing conditions on the — node. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 8-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 332: Table 8-7 Node View Tabs And Subtabs

    8.6.2 Network View Network view allows you to view and manage ONS 15454s that have DCC connections to the node that you logged into and any login node groups you have selected (Figure 8-6). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 8-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 333: Network In Ctc Network View

    — network. History Provides a history of network alarms including — date, type, and severity of each alarm. Circuits Creates, deletes, edits, filters, and searches for Circuits, Rolls network circuits and rolls. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 8-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 334: Network View Tabs

    (circuits cannot be routed through this link). Circuit provisioning uses active/routable links. Table 8-10 DCC Colors Indicating State in Network View Color and Line Style State Green and solid Active/Routable Green and dashed Active/Nonroutable Gray and solid Failed/Routable Gray and dashed Failed/Nonroutable Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 8-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 335: Dcc Links

    Link consolidation is only available on non-detailed maps. Non-detailed maps display nodes in icon form instead of detailed form, meaning the nodes appear as rectangles with ports on the sides. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for more information about consolidated links. 8.6.3 Card View The card view provides information about individual ONS 15454 cards.
  • Page 336: Figure 8-7 Ctc Card View Showing A Ds1 Card

    Card (displays alarms and events retrieved from a fixed-size log on the card) Circuits Creates, deletes, edits, and search circuits and Circuits, Rolls rolls. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 8-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 337: Print Or Export Ctc Data

    The Table Contents option prints all the data contained in a table with the same column headings. For example, if you print the History window Table Contents view, you print all data included in the table whether or not items appear in the window. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 8-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 338 The CTC Launcher application is an executable file, StartCTC.exe, that is provided on Software Release 8.5 CDs for Cisco ONS products. You can use CTC Launcher to log into multiple ONS nodes that are running CTC Software Release 3.3 or higher, without using a web browser.
  • Page 339: Figure 8-8 Static Ip-Over-Clns Tunnels

    TL1 tunnels. Tunnel provisioning occurs at the CTC computer when the tunnel is created with the CTC Launcher. No provisioning is needed at ONS NEs, GNEs or routers. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 8-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 340: Table 8-13 Tl1 And Static Ip-Over-Clns Tunnels Comparison

    Very good Both tunnel types provide good traffic control Security setup Complex No setup Static IP-over-CLNS tunnels require careful planning. Because needed TL1 tunnels are carried by TL1, no security provisioning is needed. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 8-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 341: Tcc2/Tcc2P Card Reset

    TCC2/TCC2P fails. You can also store a backup version of the database on the workstation running CTC. This Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 8-21 78-18106-01...
  • Page 342: Software Revert

    Internet Inter-ORB Protocol (IIOP) port. If you change the node name and then restore a backed up database with a different node name, the circuits map to the new node name. Cisco recommends keeping a record of the old and new node names.
  • Page 343: User Ids And Security Levels

    The CISCO15 user ID is provided with the ONS 15454 for initial login to the node, but this user ID is not supplied in the prompt when you sign into Cisco Transport Controller (CTC). This ID can be used to set up other ONS 15454 user IDs.
  • Page 344: Table 9-1 Ons 15454 Security Levels-Node View

    Add/Edit/Delete TARP: MAT: — — Add/Edit/Remove Routers: Setup: Edit — — — Routers: Subnets: — — Edit/Enable/Disable Tunnels: Create/Edit/Delete — — BLSR Create/Edit/Delete/Upgrade — — Ring Map/Squelch Table/RIP Table Protection Create/Edit/Delete — — Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 345: Table

    BITS Facilities: Edit — — Alarm Profiles Alarm Behavior: Edit — — Alarm Profile Editor: — — Store/Delete Alarm Profile Editor: New/Load/Compare/Available/ Usage Cross-Connect Edit — — Defaults Edit/Import — — — Reset/Export Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 346: Table

    — Activate/Revert — — — Cross-Connect Cards: Switch/Lock/Unlock — Resource Usage: Delete — — Overhead View XConnect Diagnostic Retrieve Tech Support Log — — Lamp Test — Timing Source: Edit — Report: View/Refresh Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 347: Table 9-2 Ons 15454 Security Levels-Network View

    CTC Tab Subtab [Subtab]: Actions Retrieve Maintenance Provisioning Superuser Alarms — Synchronize/Filter/Delete cleared alarms Conditions — Retrieve/Filter History — Filter Circuits Circuits Create/Edit/Delete — — Filter/Search Rolls Complete, Force Valid Signal, — — Finish Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 348: Security Policies

    CTC network element (NE) defaults, except the PM clearing privilege, which can be granted to a Provisioning user using the CTC Provisioning> Security > Access tabs. For more information about setting up Superuser privileges, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5...
  • Page 349: Idle User Timeout

    Higher-level users have shorter default idle periods and lower-level users have longer or unlimited default idle periods, as shown in Table 9-3. The user idle period can be modified by a Superuser; refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for instructions. Table 9-3 ONS 15454 Default User Idle Times Security Level...
  • Page 350: Secure Access

    External events, internal events, attribute changes, and software upload/download activities are recorded in the audit trail. To view the audit trail log, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. You can access the audit trail logs from any management interface (CTC, CTM, TL1).
  • Page 351: Audit Trail Capacities

    In addition, any user passwords are sent encrypted between the client and RADIUS server. This eliminates the possibility that someone monitoring an unsecured network could determine a user's password. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for detailed instructions for implementing RADIUS authentication.
  • Page 352: Shared Secrets

    The stronger your shared secret, the more secure are the attributes (for example, those used for passwords and encryption keys) that are encrypted with it. An example of a strong shared secret is 8d#>9fq4bV)H7%a3-zE13sW$hIa32M#m
  • Page 353: Timing Parameters

    C H A P T E R Timing This chapter provides information about Cisco ONS 15454 SONET timing. To provision timing, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Chapter topics include: • 10.1 Timing Parameters, page 10-1 • 10.2 Network Timing, page 10-2 •...
  • Page 354: Chapter 10 Timing

    Timing 10.2 Network Timing Caution Mixed timing allows you to select both external and line timing sources. However, Cisco does not recommend its use because it can create timing loops. Use this mode with caution. Note Only one port can be used for timing related provisioning per line card.
  • Page 355: Synchronization Status Messaging

    For SONET, the SSM is transported in the outband loop code. The SSM messages enable SONET and SDH devices to select the highest quality timing reference automatically and to avoid timing loops. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 10-3 78-18106-01...
  • Page 356: Sonet Ssm Messages

    If you enable SDH SSM for the ONS 15454, consult your timing reference documentation to determine which message set to use. Table 10-3 shows the SDH SSM messages. Table 10-3 SDH SSM Messages Message Quality Description G811 Primary reference clock Sync traceability unknown Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 10-4 78-18106-01...
  • Page 357 10.3.2 SDH SSM Messages Table 10-3 SDH SSM Messages (continued) Message Quality Description G812T Transit node clock traceable G812L Local node clock traceable SETS Synchronous equipment Do not use for timing synchronization Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 10-5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 358 Chapter 10 Timing 10.3.2 SDH SSM Messages Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 10-6 78-18106-01...
  • Page 359: Table

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 360: Chapter 11 Circuit And Tunnel

    Management, Maintenance (OOS-MA,MT). Circuits carry traffic as soon as the signal is received. 11.2 Circuit Properties The ONS 15454 Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) Circuits window, which appears in network, node, and card view, is where you can view information about circuits. The Circuits window...
  • Page 361 OCHNC Dir—For OCHNCs, the direction of the optical channel network connection, either east to • west or west to east. For more information, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. Protection—The type of circuit protection. See the “11.2.4 Circuit Protection Types” section on •...
  • Page 362: Concatenated Sts Time Slot Assignments

    Table 11-1 shows the available time slot assignments for concatenated STSs when using CTC to provision circuits. Table 11-1 STS Mapping Using CTC Starting STS-3c STS-6c STS-9c STS-12c STS-18c STS-24c STS-36c STS-48c STS-192c Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-4 78-18106-01...
  • Page 363: Table 11-1 Sts Mapping Using Ctc

    Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.2.1 Concatenated STS Time Slot Assignments Table 11-1 STS Mapping Using CTC (continued) Starting STS-3c STS-6c STS-9c STS-12c STS-18c STS-24c STS-36c STS-48c STS-192c Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 364: Circuit Status

    CREATING CTC is creating a circuit. DISCOVERED CTC created a circuit. All components are in place and a complete path exists from circuit source to destination. DELETING CTC is deleting a circuit. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-6 78-18106-01...
  • Page 365: Circuit States

    The circuit service state is an aggregate of the cross-connect states within the circuit. If all cross-connects in a circuit are in the In-Service and Normal (IS-NR) service state, the circuit • service state is In-Service (IS). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-7 78-18106-01...
  • Page 366 CTC crash or communication error, or if one of the cross-connects could not be changed. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for troubleshooting procedures. The OOS-PARTIAL circuit state does not apply to OCHNC circuit types.
  • Page 367: Circuit Protection Types

    A circuit created as a fully protected circuit is no longer protected due to a system change, such as removal of a BLSR or 1+1 protection group. Path Protection The circuit is protected by a path protection. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-9 78-18106-01...
  • Page 368: Circuit Information In The Edit Circuit Window

    Procedure Guide. Y-Cable The circuit is protected by a transponder or muxponder card Y-cable protection group. For more information, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Procedure Guide. 11.2.5 Circuit Information in the Edit Circuit Window You can edit a selected circuit using the Edit button on the Circuits window. The tabs that appear depend on the circuit chosen: •...
  • Page 369: Table 11-4 Port State Color Indicators

    Right-click a path protection span to change the state of the path selectors in the path protection • circuit. Figure 11-2 shows a circuit routed on a two-fiber BLSR. A port is shown in terminal loopback. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 370: Cross-Connect Card Bandwidth

    However, this capacity is only achievable if: Every STS port on the VT matrix carries 28 VT1.5s or 21 VT2s. • The node is in a BLSR or 1+1 protection scheme. • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 371: One Vt1.5 Circuit On One Sts

    VT1.5 circuit #1 on STS-1 1 VT1.5 used on STS-1 27 VT1.5s available on STS-1 XC-VXC-10G Matrices Source STS Matrix Drop EC-1 2 STSs total used OC-192 94 STSs available VT1.5 Matrix VT1.5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 372: Figure 11-4 Two Vt1.5 Circuits In A Blsr

    VT matrix ports at pass-through nodes if VT tunnels and aggregation points are not used. If the circuit is routed on a VT tunnel or an aggregation point, no VT matrix resources are used. Table 11-5 shows basic STS port usage rates for VT 1.5 circuits. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 373: Portless Transmux

    When creating a circuit through the DS3XM-12 card, the portless pair blocks the mapped physical port(s); CTC does not display a blocked physical port in the source or destination drop-down list during circuit creation. Table 11-6 lists the portless transmux mapping for XCVT drop ports. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 374: Dcc Tunnels

    This algorithm chooses a DCC for packet transport by considering packet size and DCC utilization. You can tunnel third-party SONET equipment across ONS 15454 networks using one of two tunneling methods: a traditional DCC tunnel or an IP-encapsulated tunnel. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 375: Table 11-8 Dcc Tunnels

    You can also link an SDCC to an LDCC, and an LDCC to an SDCC. To create a DCC tunnel, you connect the tunnel endpoints from one ONS 15454 optical port to another. Cisco recommends a maximum of 84 DCC tunnel connections for an ONS 15454.
  • Page 376: Ip-Encapsulated Tunnels

    15454 network, similar to the SONET TDM and data services. STM-1 to STM-64 payloads are transported over SONET from any port on a Cisco ONS 15454 OC-N card provisioned to support SDH signals. For more information on SDH tunneling, refer to the "SDH Tunneling Over Cisco ONS 15454...
  • Page 377: Path Protectioncircuits

    View the path protection circuit’s working and protection paths. • Edit the reversion time. • Set the hold-off timer. • Edit the Signal Fail/Signal Degrade thresholds. • Change payload defect indication path (PDI-P) settings. • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 378: Open-Ended Path Protection Circuits

    A selector at the destination node chooses between the two signals that arrive at the node, similar to a regular path protection circuit. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-20...
  • Page 379: Go-And-Return Path Protection Routing

    Protection Channel Access check box appears whenever Fully Protected Path is unchecked in the circuit creation wizard. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for more information. When provisioning PCA circuits, two considerations are important to keep in mind: Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5...
  • Page 380: Blsr Sts And Vt Squelch Tables

    (AIS-P) and prevents traffic misconnections. For an STS with a VT-access check mark, the AIS-P will be removed after 100 ms. To view the squelch tables, refer to the “Manage Circuits” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for detailed instructions. For more information about BLSR squelching, refer to Telcordia GR-1230.
  • Page 381: Blsr Vt Squelch Table

    IEEE 802.17b compliant. The RPR-IEEE for ONS 15454 ML-Series cards is based on the expected IEEE 802.17b-based standard. CTC provides a graphical representation (map) of IEEE 802.17 RPR circuits between ML-Series cards with a list of the following information: Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-23 78-18106-01...
  • Page 382: Section And Path Trace

    CTC does not support the display of Cisco proprietary RPR circuit topologies. Note CTC does not support provisioning or maintenance of IEEE RPR rings. You must use Cisco IOS. Note For more information about IEEE 802.17 RPR, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 and Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide.
  • Page 383: Path Signal Label, C2 Byte

    The purpose of this byte is to communicate the payload type being encapsulated by the STS path overhead (POH). The C2 byte functions similarly to EtherType and Logical Link Control Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-25...
  • Page 384: Table 11-10 Sts Path Signal Label Assignments For Signals

    STS-1 with 4 VTx PDs 0xE5 STS-1 with 5 VTx PDs 0xE6 STS-1 with 6 VTx PDs 0xE7 STS-1 with 7 VTx PDs 0xE8 STS-1 with 8 VTx PDs 0xE9 STS-1 with 9 VTx PDs Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 385: Automatic Circuit Routing

    Because circuit routing always selects the shortest path, one or more links and/or segments can have some protection. CTC does not look at link protection while computing a path for unprotected circuits. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-27 78-18106-01...
  • Page 386: Bandwidth Allocation And Routing

    CTC supports secondary circuit sources and destinations (drops). Secondary sources and destinations typically interconnect two third-party networks, as shown in Figure 11-9. Traffic is protected while it goes through a network of ONS 15454s. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-28 78-18106-01...
  • Page 387: Manual Circuit Routing

    This is true for multicard EtherSwitch circuits that are not in a shared packet ring. • If you enabled Fully Path Protected, choose a diverse protect (alternate) path for every unprotected segment (Figure 11-10). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-29 78-18106-01...
  • Page 388: Alternate Paths For Virtual Path Protection Segments

    In a shared packet ring, choose the links of multicard EtherSwitch circuits to route from source to destination back to source (Figure 11-12). Otherwise, a route (set of links) chosen with loops is invalid. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-30 78-18106-01...
  • Page 389: Ethernet Shared Packet Ring Routing

    Outbound Links Sources Destinations Path protection — — Path protection — — Path protection — — Path protection — — Path protection — — Path protection — — Double path protection — — Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-31 78-18106-01...
  • Page 390: Unidirectional Sts/Vt Circuit

    Number of Number of Connection Type Inbound Links Outbound Links Sources Destinations At Intermediate Nodes Only Path protection — — Path protection — — Double path — — protection Two way — — Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-32 78-18106-01...
  • Page 391: Constraint-Based Circuit Routing

    The required nodes and links constraint is only used during the primary path computation and only for PPMN domains/segments. The alternate path is computed normally; CTC uses excluded nodes/links when finding all primary and alternate paths on PPMNs. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-33 78-18106-01...
  • Page 392: Virtual Concatenated Circuits

    To enable end-to-end connectivity in a VCAT circuit that traverses through a third-party network, you can use Open-Ended VCAT circuit creation, or you can create a server trail between the ports. For more details, refer to the "Create Circuits and VT Tunnels" chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. 11.18.1 VCAT Circuit States The state of a VCAT circuit is an aggregate of its member circuits.
  • Page 393: Figure 11-14 Vcat Common Fiber Routing

    LCAS protocol has fed back MST=OK (MST=Member Status) to the far end so the far end can enable the time slot to carry traffic. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-35...
  • Page 394: Link Capacity Adjustment

    Note occurs, the VCAT Group Degraded (VCG-DEG) alarm is raised. For information on clearing this alarm, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide. Instead of LCAS, the FC_MR-4 (enhanced mode), CE-1000-4 card, and ML-Series cards support software LCAS (SW-LCAS). SW-LCAS is a limited form of LCAS that allows the VCAT circuit to adapt to member failures and keep traffic flowing at a reduced bandwidth.
  • Page 395: Vcat Circuit Size

    CE-100T-8 cards—You can add or delete members to an LCAS VCAT circuit without affecting • service. Before deleting a member of an LCAS VCAT circuit, Cisco recommends that you put the member in the OOS-MA,OOG service state. If you create non-LCAS VCAT circuits, adding and deleting members to the circuit is possible, but service-affecting.
  • Page 396: Open-Ended Vcat

    SW-LCAS Non-LCAS 1. When adding or deleting a member from an LCAS VCAT circuit, Cisco recommends that you first put the member in the OOS-MA,OOG service state to avoid service disruptions. 2. For CE-Series cards, you can add or delete members after creating a VCAT circuit with no protection. During the time it takes to add or delete members (from seconds to minutes), the entire VCAT circuit will be unable to carry traffic.
  • Page 397: Open-Ended Vcat Protection

    VCAT circuits. Note that members can have different routing preferences. Table 11-19 Protection options for Open-Ended VCAT Circuits Routing Preferences Routing Mode Protection Options Common fiber Manual/Auto • Fully protected (Line only) Unprotected • • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-39 78-18106-01...
  • Page 398: Bridge And Roll

    The Rolls window lists information about a rolled circuit before the roll process is complete. You can access the Rolls window by clicking the Circuits > Rolls tabs in either network or node view. Figure 11-17 shows the Rolls window. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-40 78-18106-01...
  • Page 399: Figure 11-17 Rolls Window

    Manual—You must complete a manual roll after a valid signal is received. One-way destination – rolls are always manual. When the valid signal status is true, the Manual mode switches the traffic to the Roll To Path. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-41 78-18106-01...
  • Page 400: Roll Status

    Table 11-20 lists the roll statuses. Table 11-20 Roll Statuses State Description ROLL_PENDING Roll is awaiting completion or cancellation. ROLL_COMPLETED Roll is complete. Click the Finish button. ROLL_CANCELLED Roll has been canceled. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-42 78-18106-01...
  • Page 401: Single And Dual Rolls

    11-18, you can select any available STS on Node 1 for a new source. Figure 11-18 Single Source Roll Node 1 Node 2 Original leg New leg Figure 11-19, you can select any available STS on Node 2 for a new destination. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-43 78-18106-01...
  • Page 402: Single Destination Roll

    Roll wizard or create a new circuit and then perform a roll. Only single rolls can be performed using TL1. Dual rolls require the network-level view that only CTC Caution or CTM provide. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-44 78-18106-01...
  • Page 403: Two Circuit Bridge And Roll

    • If a single roll exists on a circuit, you must roll the connection onto the source or the destination of the second circuit and not an intermediate node in the circuit. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-45 78-18106-01...
  • Page 404: Protected Circuits

    To merge overhead circuits, you choose the overhead circuits on the network view Provisioning > Overhead Circuits window. You can only merge orderwire and UDC circuits. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-46 78-18106-01...
  • Page 405: Reconfigured Circuits

    STS-3c server trail can carry only STS-3c circuits and not three STS-1 circuits. There is no OSPF or any other management information exchange between NEs over a server trail. Note Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-47 78-18106-01...
  • Page 406: Server Trail Protection Types

    For a detailed procedure on how to route a VCAT circuit over a server trail, refer “Chapter 6, Create Circuits and VT Tunnels, Section NTP-A264, Create an Automatically Routed VCAT Circuit and Section NTP-A265, Create a Manually Routed VCAT Circuit” in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
  • Page 407: Shared Resource Link Group

    For example, if two server trail links are routed over the same fiber, an SRLG attribute can be assigned to these links. SRLG is used by Cisco Transport Manager (CTM) to specify link diversity. If you create multiple server trails from one port, you can assign the same SRLG value to all the links to indicate that they originate from the same port.
  • Page 408 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.23.2 VCAT Circuit Routing over Server Trails Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 11-50 78-18106-01...
  • Page 409: Sonet Rings And Tcc2/Tcc2P Cards

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 410: Table 12-1 Ons 15454 Rings With Redundant Tcc2/Tcc2P Cards

    12.1 SONET Rings and TCC2/TCC2P Cards Table 12-1 ONS 15454 Rings with Redundant TCC2/TCC2P Cards Ring Type Maximum Rings per Node BLSRs 2-Fiber BLSR 4-Fiber BLSR Path protection with SDCC Path protection with LDCC Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-2 78-18106-01...
  • Page 411: Chapter 12 Sonet Topologie And Upgrade

    Working traffic (STSs 1 to 24) travels in one direction on one fiber and in the opposite direction on the second fiber. The Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) circuit routing routines calculate the shortest path for circuits based on many factors, including user requirements, traffic patterns, and distance.
  • Page 412: Four-Node, Two-Fiber Blsr

    The traffic travels in a reverse direction on the protect bandwidth until it reaches its destination node. At that point, traffic is switched back to the working bandwidth. Figure 12-2 shows a traffic pattern sample on a four-node, two-fiber BLSR. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-4 78-18106-01...
  • Page 413: Four-Node, Two-Fiber Blsr Traffic Pattern Sample

    STS-26 on Fiber 2. Fiber 2 carries the circuit to Node 0 where the circuit is switched back to STS-2 on Fiber 1 and then dropped to its destination. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 414: Four-Fiber Blsrs

    Figure 12-4. To implement a four-fiber BLSR, you must install four OC-48, OC-48 AS, or OC-192 cards at each BLSR node. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-6 78-18106-01...
  • Page 415: Four-Node, Four-Fiber Blsr

    (Node 0 and Node 1 in the example in Figure 12-5) and then returns to the working fibers. Multiple span switches can occur at the same time. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-7 78-18106-01...
  • Page 416: Four-Fiber Blsr Span Switch

    12-6) occurs when a span switch cannot recover traffic, such as when both the working and protect fibers fail on the same span. In a ring switch, traffic is routed to the protect fibers throughout the full ring. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-8 78-18106-01...
  • Page 417: Blsr Bandwidth

    2. PT equals the number of STS-1 circuits passed through ONS 15454 nodes in the ring (capacity can vary depending on the traffic pattern). Table 12-3 shows the bidirectional bandwidth capacities of four-fiber BLSRs. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-9 78-18106-01...
  • Page 418: Blsr Application Example

    Node 0 receives the signals and delivers them around the ring to the appropriate node. The ring also brings 14 DS-1s back from each remote site to Node 0. Intermediate nodes serve these • shorter regional connections. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 419: Five-Node Two-Fiber Blsr

    Node 2 14 DS-1s 8 DS-3s Node 3 = Fiber 1 4 DS-3s 14 DS-1s = Fiber 2 Figure 12-9 shows the shelf assembly layout for Node 0, which has one free slot. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 420: Figure 12-9 Shelf Assembly Layout For Node 0 In Figure

    Node 4, and ten DS-3s can be added at Node 2. Each site has free slots for future traffic needs. Figure 12-10 Shelf Assembly Layout for Nodes 1 to 4 in Figure 12-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 421: Blsr Fiber Connections

    Figure 12-11 shows fiber connections for a two-fiber BLSR with trunk cards in Slot 5 (west) and Slot 12 (east). Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for fiber connection procedures. Always plug the transmit (Tx) connector of an OC-N card at one node into the receive (Rx) Note connector of an OC-N card at the adjacent node.
  • Page 422: Path Protection

    The cross-connection bandwidth consumed by a path protection circuit is three times the circuit bandwidth at the source and destination nodes only. The cross-connection bandwidth consumed by an intermediate node has a factor of one. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 423: Basic Four-Node Path Protection

    Services can originate and terminate on the same path protection, or they can be passed to an adjacent access or interoffice ring for transport to the service-terminating location. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 424: Figure 12-14 Path Protection With A Fiber Break

    Telcordia TR-303 switch. In the example, each remote switch requires eight DS-1s to return to the host switch. Figure 12-16 on page 12-18 Figure 12-17 on page 12-18 show the shelf layout for each site. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 425: Four-Port, Oc-3 Path Protection

    In the OC-3 path protection sample, Node ID 0 contains four DS1-14 cards and two OC3 IR 4 1310 cards. Six free slots can be provisioned with cards or left empty. Figure 12-16 shows the shelf setup for these card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 426: Layout Of Node Id 0 In The Oc-3 Path Protection Example In Figure 12-15

    OC3 IR 4 1310 cards. Eight free slots exist. They can be provisioned with other cards or left empty. Figure 12-17 shows the shelf assembly setup for this configuration example. Figure 12-17 Layout of Node IDs 1 to 3 in the OC-3 Path Protection Example in Figure 12-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 427: Dual-Ring Interconnect

    DRI protection circuits act as protection channel access (PCA) circuits. In CTC, you set up DRI protection circuits by selecting the PCA option when setting up primary and secondary nodes during DRI circuit creation. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 428 Node 3 Node 9 Node 8 Primary Secondary Node Node BLSR Ring 2 Node 10 Node 7 Node 6 Drop and Continue Service Selector Primary Path, Drop and Continue to Bridge Secondary Path Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 429 ONS 15454s in an integrated BLSR-DRI topology. The same drop-and-continue traffic routing occurs at two nodes, rather than four. This is achieved by installing an additional OC-N trunk at the two interconnect nodes. Nodes 3 and 8 are the interconnect nodes. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-21 78-18106-01...
  • Page 430 Primary Node 5 BLSR 2 Node 7 Node 6 Service Selector Primary Path (working) Secondary Path (protection) Figure 12-21 shows an example of an integrated BLSR DRI on the Edit Circuits window. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 431: Path Protection Dri

    (Ring 1) and Node 7 (Ring 2). In Ring 1, traffic at Node 4 is dropped (to Node 6) and continued (to Node 5). Similarly, at Node 5, traffic is dropped (to Node 7) and continued (to Node 4). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-23...
  • Page 432 ONS 15454 nodes in an integrated DRI topology. The same drop-and-continue traffic routing occurs at two nodes, rather than four. This is achieved by installing an additional OC-N trunk at the two interconnect nodes. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 433 Cross integrated STS-1 and Connect Connect VT1.5 grooming ONS 15454 Pass-through Node Path Protection Configuration 2 DS1/EC1/DS3/GigE Bridge Path Selector Primary Path, Primary Primary Path, Secondary Return Path, Primary Return Path, Secondary Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 434: Path Protection/Blsr Dri Handoff Configurations

    Node 7 BLSR Node 9 Node 10 Node 8 Path Selector Bridge Primary Path (working) Secondary Path (protection) Figure 12-25 shows an example of a path protection to BLSR integrated DRI handoff. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 435 Path Protection Configuration Node 4 Node 3 BLSR Node 7 Node 8 Node 6 Path Selector Bridge Figure 12-26 shows a path protection to BLSR integrated DRI handoff on the Edit Circuits window. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-27 78-18106-01...
  • Page 436: Table 12-4 Comparison Of The Protection Schemes

    1. N equals the number of ONS 15454 nodes configured as BLSR nodes. 2. PT equals the number of STS-1 circuits passed through ONS 15454 nodes in the ring (capacity can vary depending on the traffic pattern). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-28 78-18106-01...
  • Page 437: Subtending Rings

    BLSR and the path protection configuration. OC-N cards in Slots 5 and 12 serve the BLSR, and OC-N cards in Slots 6 and 13 serve the path protection configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-29...
  • Page 438: Figure 12-29 Blsr Subtending From A Blsr

    Ring 2 Slot 5 Slot 12 Slot 6 Slot 13 Node 4 West East West East Slot 12 Slot 5 Slot 13 Slot 6 East West East West Node 3 Node 7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-30 78-18106-01...
  • Page 439: Linear Adm Configurations

    In this example, Node 9 switches from the traffic coming in from Node 7 to the traffic coming in from Node 11 and service resumes. The switch occurs within 50 ms. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-31...
  • Page 440 Nodes 1, 2, 3, and 4 in a standard OC-48 ring. Nodes 5, 6, 7, and 8 link to the backbone ring through OC-12 fiber. The “virtual ring” formed by Nodes 5, 6, 7, and 8 uses both OC-48 and OC-12 cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-32 78-18106-01...
  • Page 441: Four-Shelf Node Configurations

    You can link multiple ONS 15454s using their OC-N cards (that is, create a fiber-optic bus) to accommodate more access traffic than a single ONS 15454 can support. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. For example, to drop more than 112 DS-1s or 96 DS-3s (the maximum that can be aggregated in a single node), you can link the nodes but not merge multiple nodes into a single ONS 15454.
  • Page 442: Sts Around The Ring

    STS-1, 3c, 6c, 9c, 12c, 24c, 36c, 48c, and 192cs. Both unidirectional and bidirectional circuits are supported, and STS around the ring circuits are CCAT only, VCAT is not supported. STS around ring circuits are linear circuits. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-34 78-18106-01...
  • Page 443: Oc-N Speed Upgrades

    OC-192 or OC192-XFP. To perform this span upgrade the card’s SFP must be in PPM Slot 1 only. You can also perform in-service card upgrades for the following ONS 15454 cards: • Four-port OC-3 to eight-port OC-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-35 78-18106-01...
  • Page 444: Table 12-5 Slot 5, 6, 12, And 13 Upgrade Options

    2. The four-port OC-12 is not supported in Slots 5, 6, 12, and 13. 3. Only for Software Release 8.5.3 or higher. Table 12-6 lists permitted upgrades for Slots 1 through 4 and 14 through 17 (low-speed slots). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-36 78-18106-01...
  • Page 445: Table 12-6 Upgrade Options For Slots 1 Through 4 And 14 Through

    (one at each end of the span) who can communicate with each other during the upgrade. Upgrading a span is non-service affecting and causes no more than three switches, each of which is less than 50 ms in duration. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-37 78-18106-01...
  • Page 446: Span Upgrade Wizard

    STSs that will be removed (the higher STSs). Procedures for manual span upgrades can be found in the “Upgrade Cards and Spans” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Five manual span upgrade options are available: Upgrade on a two-fiber BLSR •...
  • Page 447: Unprotected Point-To-Point Or Linear Adm To Path Protection

    You cannot upgrade stitched Ethernet circuits during topology conversions. For in-service topology upgrade procedures, refer to the “Convert Network Configurations” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. For procedures to add or remove a node, refer to the “Add and Remove Nodes” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
  • Page 448: Point-To-Point Or Linear Adm To Two-Fiber Blsr

    The physical arrangement of the ring nodes and spans remains the same after the conversion. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-40 78-18106-01...
  • Page 449: Two-Fiber Blsr To Four-Fiber Blsr

    1+1 linear ADM or path protection configuration does not disrupt traffic. CTC provides a wizard for adding a node to a point-to-point or 1+1 linear ADM. This wizard is used when adding a node between two other nodes. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-41 78-18106-01...
  • Page 450 Chapter 12 SONET Topologies and Upgrades 12.12.5 Add or Remove a Node from a Topology Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 12-42 78-18106-01...
  • Page 451: Ip Networking Overview

    Note nor does it provide IP addressing examples to meet all networked scenarios. For ONS 15454 networking setup instructions, refer to the “Turn Up a Node” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Chapter topics include: 13.1 IP Networking Overview, page 13-1 •...
  • Page 452: C H A P T E R 13 Management Network Connectivity

    IP addresses shown in the examples apply to the backplane LAN port. See the “13.2.9 IP Scenario 9: IP Addressing with Secure Mode Enabled” section on page 13-20 for information about secure mode, repeater (single IP address) mode, and configuration locks. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-2 78-18106-01...
  • Page 453: Ip Scenario 1: Ctc And Ons 15454S On Same Subnet

    On the CTC computer, the default gateway is set to router interface A. If the LAN uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), the default gateway and IP address are assigned automatically. In the Figure 13-2 example, a DHCP server is not available. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-3 78-18106-01...
  • Page 454: Ip Scenario 3: Using Proxy Arp To Enable An Ons 15454 Gateway

    LAN device. The LAN device then sends the datagram for the remote ONS 15454 to the MAC address of the proxy ONS 15454. The proxy ONS 15454 uses its routing table to forward the datagram to the non-LAN ONS 15454. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-4 78-18106-01...
  • Page 455: Table

    • Only one node acts as the proxy ARP server for any given additional host. • A node cannot be the proxy ARP server for a host connected to its Ethernet port. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 456: Ip Scenario 4: Default Gateway On A Ctc Computer

    ARP is not used because the network includes different subnets. For the CTC computer to communicate with Nodes 2 and 3, Node 1 is entered as the default gateway on the CTC computer. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-6...
  • Page 457: Ip Scenario 5: Using Static Routes To Connect To Lans

    Node 1. You must also manually add static routes between the CTC computer on LAN A and Nodes 2 and 3 because these nodes are on different subnets. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-7...
  • Page 458: Figure 13-6 Ip Scenario 5: Static Route With One Ctc Computer Used As A Destination

    2. You must manually add static routes between the CTC computers on LAN A, B, and C and Nodes 2 and 3 because these nodes are on different subnets. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-8 78-18106-01...
  • Page 459 ONS 15454 #2 ONS 15454 #3 IP Address 192.168.3.20 IP Address 192.168.4.30 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Default Router = N/A Default Router = N/A Static Routes = N/A Static Routes = N/A Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-9 78-18106-01...
  • Page 460: Ip Scenario 6: Using Ospf

    OSPF area ID in decimal format to the ONS 15454 network. Coordinate the area ID number assignment with your LAN administrator. All DCC-connected ONS 15454s should be assigned the same OSPF area ID. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 461 ONS 15454 #2 ONS 15454 #3 IP Address 192.168.3.20 IP Address 192.168.4.30 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Default Router = N/A Default Router = N/A Static Routes = N/A Static Routes = N/A Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 462: Ip Scenario 7: Provisioning The Ons 15454 Socks Proxy Server

    (GNE) and the other ONS 15454s are provisioned as end network elements (ENEs). The GNE ONS 15454 tunnels connections between CTC computers and ENE ONS 15454s, providing management capability while preventing access for non-ONS 15454 management purposes. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 463: Table

    If not selected, the node does not proxy for any CTC clients, although any established proxy connections continue until the CTC client exits. In addition, you can set the SOCKS proxy server as an ENE or a GNE: Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 464 LAN and are given private network IP addresses. If the ONS 15454 ENEs are collocated, the craft LAN ports could be connected to a hub. However, the hub should have no other network connections. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 465: Ons 15454 Gateway And End Ne Settings

    Figure 13-13 on page 13-17 shows the implementation with ONS 15454 ENEs in multiple rings. In each example, ONS 15454 GNEs and ENEs are provisioned with the settings shown in Table 13-2. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 466 IP Scenario 7: ONS 15454 SOCKS Proxy Server with GNE and ENEs on Different Subnets Remote CTC 10.10.20.10 10.10.20.0/24 Interface 0/0 10.10.20.1 Router A Interface 0/1 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.0/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 10.10.10.100/24 192.168.10.150/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 192.168.10.250/24 192.168.10.200/24 Ethernet Local/Craft CTC 192.168.10.20 SONET Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 467: Figure 13-13 Ip Scenario 7: Ons 15454 Socks Proxy Server With Enes On Multiple Rings

    Any destination connected through another DCC interface Within the 224.0.0.0/8 network • If the packet is addressed to the ONS 15454 node, additional rules, shown in Table 13-4, are applied. Rejected packets are silently discarded. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 468: Ip Scenario 8: Dual Gnes On A Subnet

    GNEs. GNE load balancing reduces the dependency on the launch GNE and DCC bandwidth, both of which enhance CTC performance. Figure 13-14 shows a network with dual GNEs on the same subnet. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 469: Figure

    Interface 0/1 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.0/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 10.10.10.100/24 10.10.10.150/24 ONS 15454 ONS 15454 10.10.10.250/24 10.10.10.200/24 Ethernet Local/Craft CTC 192.168.20.20 SONET Figure 13-15 shows a network with dual GNEs on different subnets. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 470: Ip Scenario 9: Ip Addressing With Secure Mode Enabled

    TCC2P Ethernet port. Both addresses reside on different subnets, providing an additional layer of separation between the craft access port and the ONS 15454 LAN. If secure mode is Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 471: Figure

    ENE. In nonsecure mode, an ENE’s SOCKS proxy can be disabled—effectively isolating the node beyond the LAN firewall—but it cannot be disabled in secure mode.To change a node’s GNE or ENE status and disable the SOCKS proxy, refer to the “Turn Up a Node” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
  • Page 472: Figure

    ONS 15454 nodes connected to a router with secure mode enabled. In each example, the node’s TCC2P port address (node address) resides on a different subnet from the node backplane addresses. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 473: Secure Node Locked And Unlocked Behavior

    To have a secure node’s lock removed, contact Cisco Technical Support to arrange a Return Material Authorization (RMA) for the chassis and for the TCC2Ps. Refer to the “Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service...
  • Page 474: Table 13-5 Sample Routing Table Entries

    • Interface (motfcc0) indicates that the ONS 15454 Ethernet interface is used to reach the gateway. Entry 3 shows the following: • Destination (172.20.214.92) is the destination host IP address. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 475: External Firewalls

    SSH (Secure Shell) Telnet HTTP SUNRPC (Sun Remote Procedure Call) SNMP traps destinations SNMP traps destinations rlogin CORBA IIOP 1080 Proxy server (socks) 2001-2017 I/O card Telnet 2018 DCC processor on active TCC2/TCC2P Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 476 GNE to CTC. CTC CORBA Standard constant is 683 and the TCC CORBA Default is TCC Fixed (57790). access-list 100 remark *** Inbound ACL, CTC -> NE *** access-list 100 remark access-list 100 permit tcp host 192.168.10.10 host 10.10.10.100 eq www Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 477: Open Gne

    DCC network. Proxy and firewall tunnels are useful in this example because the GNE would otherwise block IP access between the PC and the foreign node. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-27 78-18106-01...
  • Page 478: Proxy And Firewall Tunnels For Foreign Terminations

    ENE Ethernet port. Proxy and firewall tunnels are useful in this example because the GNE would otherwise block IP access between the PC and foreign node. This configuration also requires a firewall tunnel on the ENE. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-28 78-18106-01...
  • Page 479: Tcp/Ip And Osi Networking

    OSI reference model. Table 13-7 shows the protocols and mediation processes that are involved when TCP/IP-based NEs are networked with OSI-based NEs. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-29 78-18106-01...
  • Page 480: Point-To-Point Protocol

    Link control protocol (LCP)—Establishes, configures, and tests the point-to-point connections. • CTC automatically enables IP over PPP whenever you create an SDCC or LDCC. The SDCC or LDCC can be provisioned to support OSI over PPP. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-30 78-18106-01...
  • Page 481: Link Access Protocol On The D Channel

    Like IP, a checksum computed on the CLNP header verifies that the information used to process the CLNP datagram is transmitted correctly, and a lifetime control mechanism (Time to Live) limits the amount of time a datagram is allowed to remain in the system. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-31 78-18106-01...
  • Page 482: Table 13-8 Nsap Fields

    Reserved NSAP field. The Reserved field is normally all zeros (0000). Routing domain Defines the routing domain. The initial value is 0000. AREA Area Identifies the OSI routing area to which the node belongs. The initial value is 0000. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-32 78-18106-01...
  • Page 483: Iso-Dcc Nsap Address

    • CC—Selector for the Cisco IP-over-CLNS tunnels (Cisco specific) E0—Selector for the OSI ping application (Cisco specific) • NSELs are only advertised when the node is configured as an ES. They are not advertised when a node is configured as an IS. Tunnel NSELs are not advertised until a tunnel is created.
  • Page 484: Osi Routing

    A routing algorithm, Shortest Path First (SPF), that uses information contained in the RIB to derive • routes between ESs. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-34 78-18106-01...
  • Page 485: Figure 13-22 Level 1 And Level 2 Osi Routing

    Intermediate System Level 1—The ONS 15454 performs OSI IS functions. It communicates with IS • and ES nodes that reside within its OSI area. It depends upon an IS L1/L2 node to communicate with IS and ES nodes that reside outside its OSI area. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-35 78-18106-01...
  • Page 486: End System-To-Intermediate System Protocol

    (costs)—delay, expense, and error—are not supported by the ONS 15454. IS-IS maintains a mapping of the metrics to the quality of service (QoS) option in the CLNP packet header. IS-IS uses the mappings to compute routes through the internetwork. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-36 78-18106-01...
  • Page 487: Tarp

    After an NE originates a TARP Type 2 PDU, the PDU it has no matching NSAP and no is sent to all Level 1 and Level 2 neighbors. response was received from the Type 1 PDU. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-37 78-18106-01...
  • Page 488: Tarp Processing

    Waiting for response to address resolution request 0–3600 Timer starts when T2 expires (used during error recovery) 0–3600 Table 13-12 shows the main TARP processes and the general sequence of events that occurs in each process. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-38 78-18106-01...
  • Page 489: Tarp Loop Detection Buffer

    LDB entry, the PDU is discarded. If the tar-seq is greater than the LDB entry, the PDU is processed and the tar-seq field in the LDB entry is updated with the new value. The Cisco ONS 15454 LDB holds approximately 500 entries.
  • Page 490: Figure 13-23 Manual Tarp Adjacencies

    TCP/IP and OSI protocol suites: T–TD—Performs a TL1-over-IP to TL1-over-OSI gateway mediation to enable an IP-based OSS to • manage OSI-only NEs subtended from a GNE. Figure 13-24 shows the T–TD protocol flow. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-40 78-18106-01...
  • Page 491: Osi Virtual Routers

    Software downloads • Database backups and restores • Cisco IOS configuration backups and restores for ML and ML2 Series cards. • 13.6.7 OSI Virtual Routers The ONS 15454 supports three OSI virtual routers. The routers are provisioned on the Provisioning >...
  • Page 492: Figure 13-26 Provisioning Osi Routers

    IS L1s, IS L1/L2s, and DCCs that are supported by each router. An IS Level1 and IS Level1/Level2 support one ES per DCC subnet and up to 100 ESs per LAN subnet. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-42...
  • Page 493: Ip-Over-Clns Tunnels

    GRE tunnels add both a CLNS header and a GRE header to the tunnel frames. GRE tunnels are supported by Cisco routers and some other vendor NEs. Cisco IP—The Cisco IP tunnel directly encapsulates the IP packet with no intermediate header. •...
  • Page 494: Provisioning Ip-Over-Clns Tunnels

    IP-over-CLNS tunnels must be carefully planned to prevent nodes from losing visibility or connectivity. Before you begin a tunnel, verify that the tunnel type, either Cisco IP or GRE, is supported by the equipment at the other end. Always verify IP and NSAP addresses. Provisioning of IP-over-CLNS tunnels in CTC is performed on the node view Provisioning >...
  • Page 495: Ip-Over-Clns Tunnel Scenario 1: Ons Node To Other Vendor Gne

    If you are provisioning an IP-over-CLNS tunnel on a Cisco router, always follow procedures provided in the Cisco IOS documentation for the router you are provisioning. For information about ISO CLNS provisioning including IP-over-CLNS tunnels, see the “Configuring ISO CLNS” chapter in the Cisco IOS Apollo Domain, Banyon VINES, DECnet, ISO CLNS, and XNS Configuration Guide.
  • Page 496: Ip-Over-Clns Tunnel Scenario 2: Ons Node To Router

    SDCC is created between the ONS NE 1 and the other vender GNE. The OSI over IP tunnel can be either the Cisco IP tunnel or a GRE tunnel, depending on the tunnel types supported by the router. ONS NE 1 IP-over-CLNS tunnel provisioning: Destination: 10.10.30.10 (Router 1, Interface 0/1)
  • Page 497: Figure 13-29 Ip-Over-Clns Tunnel Scenario 2: Ons Node To Router

    (LAP-D) SDCC is created between the ONS NE 1 and the other vender GNE. The OSI over IP tunnel can be either the Cisco IP tunnel or a GRE tunnel, depending on the tunnel types supported by the router. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5...
  • Page 498 • NSAP: Other vender GNE NSAP address Metric: 110 • Tunnel Type: Cisco IP • Router 2 IP-over-CLNS tunnel provisioning (sample Cisco IOS provisioning): ip routing clns routing interface ctunnel 102 ip address 10.10.30.30 255.255.255.0 ctunnel destination 39.840F.80.1111.0000.1111.1111.dddddddddddd.00 interface Ethernet0/1...
  • Page 499: Osi/Ip Networking Scenarios

    DCC links between ONS 15454 NEs and OSI-only NEs run the full OSI stack over LAP-D, which includes IS-IS, ES-IS, and TARP. • DCC links between ONS 15454 NEs run the full OSI stack and IP (OSPF) over PPP. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-49 78-18106-01...
  • Page 500: Osi/Ip Scenario 1: Ip Oss, Ip Dcn, Ons Gne, Ip Dcc, And Ons Ene

    ONS 15454 GNE and the other vendor NEs are managed by an IP OSS using TL1 and FTP. The ONS 15454 is also managed by CTC and Cisco Transport Manager (CTM). Because the other vendor NE only supports TL1 and FTAM over the full OSI stack, the ONS 15454 GNE provides T–TD and FT–TD mediation to convert TL1/IP to TL1/OSI and FTAM/OSI to FTP/IP.
  • Page 501: Figure 13-32 Osi/Ip Scenario 2: Ip Oss, Ip Dcn, Ons Gne, Osi Dcc, And Other Vendor Ene

    For TL1 traffic to ONS 15454 NEs, the TID is resolved to both an IP and an NSAP address. The ONS 15454 GNE follows the current TL1 processing model and forwards the request to the destination NE using the TCP/IP stack and OSPF routing. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-51 78-18106-01...
  • Page 502: Osi/Ip Scenario 3: Ip Oss, Ip Dcn, Other Vendor Gne, Osi Dcc, And Ons Ene

    ONS 15454 NE. The tunnel is created between an external router and an ONS 15454 NE. The traffic is sent to the ONS 15454 terminating the tunnel. That ONS 15454 then forwards the traffic over the tunnel to CTC/CTM by way of the external router. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-52 78-18106-01...
  • Page 503: Osi/Ip Scenario 3: Ip Oss, Ip Dcn, Other Vendor Gne, Osi Dcc, And Ons Ene

    The ONS 15454 NE exchanges TL1 over the full OSI stack using FTAM for file transfer. Figure 13-34 shows the same scenario, except the IP-over-CLNS tunnel endpoint is the GNE rather than the DCN router. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-53 78-18106-01...
  • Page 504: Osi/Ip Scenario 4: Multiple Ons Dcc Areas

    ONS 15454 OSPF area. An alternate approach is to create a single IP-over-CLNS tunnel from CTC/CTM to an ONS 15454 NE, and then to configure a tunnel from that NE to an NE in each isolated OSPF area. This approach requires additional static routes. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-54 78-18106-01...
  • Page 505: Osi/Ip Scenario 5: Gne Without An Osi Dcc Connection

    IP connection to the DCN. It does not have an OSI DCN connection to carry CTC/CTM IP traffic through an IP-over-OSI tunnel. A separate DCN to ONS 15454 NE connection is created to provide CTC/CTM access. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-55 78-18106-01...
  • Page 506: Osi/Ip Scenario 6: Ip Oss, Osi Dcn, Ons Gne, Osi Dcc, And Other Vendor Ene

    13-37) shows how the ONS 15454 supports OSI DCNs. The OSI DCN has no impact on the ONS 15454 because all IP traffic (CTC/CTM, FTP, and TL1) is tunneled through the OSI DCN. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-56 78-18106-01...
  • Page 507: Osi/Ip Scenario 6: Ip Oss, Osi Dcn, Ons Gne, Osi Dcc, And Other Vendor Ene

    The GNE performs mediation for other vendor NEs. 13.6.9.7 OSI/IP Scenario 7: OSI OSS, OSI DCN, Other Vender GNE, OSI DCC, and ONS NEs OSI/IP Scenario 7 (Figure 13-38) shows an example of a European network. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-57 78-18106-01...
  • Page 508: Figure 13-38 Osi/Ip Scenario 7: Osi Oss, Osi Dcn, Other Vender Gne, Osi Dcc, And Ons Nes

    CTC/CTM communicates with the ONS 15454 over a IP-over-CLNS tunnel between the ONS 15454 NE and external router. In European networks: • CTC and CTM are used for management only. • IP-over-CLNS tunnels are widely accepted and deployed. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-58 78-18106-01...
  • Page 509 ONS 15454. Management traffic between the OSS and other vendor NEs is routed by the ONS 15454 GNE and NEs. This is possible because all ONS 15454 NEs run dual stacks (OSI and IP). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-59 78-18106-01...
  • Page 510: Osi/Ip Scenario 8: Osi Oss, Osi Dcn, Ons Gne, Osi Dcc, And Other Vender Nes

    CTC/CTM communicates with the ONS 15454 over an IP-over-CLNS tunnel between the ONS 15454 NE and the external router. A static route is needed on the GNE. The ONS 15454 GNE routes OSI traffic to other vendor NEs. No IP-over-CLNS tunnel is needed. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 13-60 78-18106-01...
  • Page 511: Provisioning Osi In Ctc

    13.6.10 Provisioning OSI in CTC Table 13-15 shows the OSI actions that are performed from the node view Provisioning tab. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for OSI procedures and tasks. Table 13-15 OSI Actions from the CTC Provisioning Tab Actions OSI >...
  • Page 512: Ipv6 Network Compatibility

    13.7 IPv6 Network Compatibility 13.7 IPv6 Network Compatibility Cisco ONS 15xxx products can function in an IPv6 network when an internet router that supports Network Address Translation - Protocol Translation (NAT-PT) is positioned between the GNE, such as an ONS 15454, and the client workstation. NAT-PT is defined in RFC-2766. IPv4 and IPv6 nodes communicate with each other using NAT-PT by allowing both IPv6 and IPv4 stacks to interface between the IPv6 DCN and the IPv4 DCC networks.
  • Page 513: Overview

    • 14.1 Overview CTC detects and reports SONET alarms generated by the Cisco ONS 15454 and the larger SONET network. You can use CTC to monitor and manage alarms at the card, node, or network level. Alarming conforms to Telcordia GR-253 standard. Severities conform to Telcordia GR-474, but you can set alarm severities in customized alarm profiles or suppress CTC alarm reporting.
  • Page 514: C H A P T E R 14 Alarm Monitoring And Management

    Shows the name of the node where the condition or alarm occurred. (Visible in network view.) Object TL1 AID for the alarmed object. For an STSmon or VTmon, this is the monitored STS or VT object. Eqpt Type Card type in this slot. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-2 78-18106-01...
  • Page 515: Table 14-2 Color Codes For Alarm And Condition Severities

    Indicates how many STSs are contained in the alarmed path. This information complements the alarm object notation, which is explained in the “Alarm Troubleshooting” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide. Severity level: CR (Critical), MJ (Major), MN (Minor), NA (Not Alarmed), NR (Not Reported).
  • Page 516: Viewing Alarms With Each Node's Time Zone

    CTC retains your filter activation setting. For example, if you turn the filter on and then log out, CTC keeps the filter active the next time you log in. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-4...
  • Page 517: Viewing Alarm-Affected Circuits

    “Exclude Same Root Cause” check box in the window. Fault conditions include reported alarms and Not Reported or Not Alarmed conditions. Refer to the trouble notifications information in the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide for more information about alarm and condition classifications.
  • Page 518: Table 14-4 Conditions Display

    Slot where the condition occurred (appears only in network and node view). Port Port where the condition occurred. For STSTerm and VTTerm, the port refers to the upstream card it is partnered with. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-6 78-18106-01...
  • Page 519: Filtering Conditions

    Indicates a service-affecting alarm (when checked). Cond The error message/alarm name; these names are alphabetically defined in the “Alarm Troubleshooting” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Troubleshooting Guide. Description Description of the condition. 1. All alarms, their severities, and service-affecting statuses are also displayed in the Condition tab unless you choose to filter the alarm from the display using the Filter button.
  • Page 520: Table 14-6 History Column Description

    History > Session window. In the card-view history window, after you retrieve the card history, you can see the history of alarms, conditions, and transients Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-8...
  • Page 521: Alarm History And Log Buffer Capacities

    Alarm profiles can be saved to a file and imported elsewhere in the network, but the profile must be stored locally on a node before it can be applied to the node, its cards, or its cards’ ports. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-9...
  • Page 522: Creating And Modifying Alarm Profiles

    ONS nodes. To see the full list of profiles including those available for loading or cloning, click the Available button. You must load a profile before you can clone it. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 523: Alarm Profile Buttons

    Available Displays all profiles available on each node. Usage Displays all entities (nodes and alarm subjects) present in the network and which profiles contain the alarm. Can be printed. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 524: Alarm Profile Editing

    Alarm Profile Editor window. (The check box text changes to “Hide Values matching profile Default” in this case. • Hide identical rows—Hides rows of alarms that contain the same severity for each profile. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 525: Applying Alarm Profiles

    1. AS-MT can be seen in the Alarms window as well if you have set the Filter dialog box to show NA severity events. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 526: Alarms Suppressed By User Command

    You can provision each alarm input separately. Provisionable characteristics of external alarm inputs include: • Alarm Type—List of alarm types. • User Defined Alarm Types Severity—CR, MJ, MN, NA, and NR. • • Virtual Wire—The virtual wire associated with the alarm. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 527: User Defined Alarm Types

    Remote NE alarm severity—Similar to local NE alarm severity trigger setting, but applies to remote alarms. – Virtual wire entities—You can provision an alarm that is input to a virtual wire to trigger an external control output. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 528 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring and Management 14.7.3 External Controls Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 14-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 529 (SAN) cards in the Cisco ONS 15454. For information about enabling and viewing PM values, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Chapter topics include: 15.1 Threshold Performance Monitoring, page 15-2...
  • Page 530: Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring

    Thresholds are used to set error levels for each PM parameter. You can set individual PM threshold values from the Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) card view Provisioning tab. For procedures on provisioning card thresholds, such as line, path, and SONET thresholds, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
  • Page 531: Intermediate Path Performance Monitoring

    OC48 ELR/STM16 EH 100 GHz OC48 ELR 200 GHz OC192 SR/STM64 IO 1310 OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550 OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx TXP_MR_10G MXP_2.5G_10G MXP_MR_2.5G MXPP_MR_2.5G MRC-12 MRC-2.5G-4 OC 192 - XFP Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-3 78-18106-01...
  • Page 532: Pointer Justification Count Performance Monitoring

    Table 15-2 on page 15-3 for a list of Cisco ONS 15454 LTE cards. In CTC, the count fields for PPJC and NPJC PMs appear white and blank unless they are enabled on the card view Provisioning tab. Table 15-3 on page 15-5 for detailed information and definitions of specific pointer justification count PM parameters.
  • Page 533: Performance Monitoring Parameter Definitions

    Far-End STS Path Coding Violations (CV-PFE) is a count of BIP errors detected at the STS path layer (that is, using the B3 byte). Up to eight BIP errors can be detected per frame; each error increments the current CV-PFE second register. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 534: Table

    P-bit parity errors, one or more SEF defects, or one or more AIS defects. ESR-PM Path Monitoring Errored Seconds Ratio (ESR-PM) indicates the errored seconds ratio recorded in the OTN path during the PM time interval. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-6 78-18106-01...
  • Page 535: Table

    LBCL-AVG Laser Bias Current Line—Average (LBCL-AVG) is the average percentage of laser bias current. LBCL-MAX Laser Bias Current Line—Maximum (LBCL-MAX) is the maximum percentage of laser bias current. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-7 78-18106-01...
  • Page 536: Table

    Pointer Justification STS Detected (PPJC-PDET), formerly Pointer Justification Positive (PJPOS). PPJC-PDET-P Positive Pointer Justification Count, STS Path Detected (PPJC-PDET-P) is a count of the positive pointer justifications detected on a particular path in an incoming SONET signal. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-8 78-18106-01...
  • Page 537: Table

    For the protection line, PSD is a count of the seconds that the line was used to carry service. The PSD PM is only applicable if revertive line-level protection switching is used. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-9 78-18106-01...
  • Page 538: Table

    Section Severely Errored Seconds (SES-S) is a count of the seconds when K (see Telcordia GR-253 for value) or more section-layer BIP errors were detected or an SEF or LOS defect was present. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 539: Table

    SES-PFEs, and continues to be unavailable until ten consecutive seconds occur that do not qualify as SES-PFEs. UAS-PM Path Monitoring Unavailable Seconds (UAS-PM) indicates the unavailable seconds recorded in the OTN path during the PM time interval. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 540: Performance Monitoring For Electrical Cards

    Monitored Signal Types for the EC1-12 Card ONS 15454 ONS 15454 EC1 Signal EC1 Signal Fiber OC48 OC48 EC1 Path (EC1 XX) PMs Near and Far End Supported STS Path (STS XX-P) PMs Near and Far End Supported Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 541: Figure 15-3 Pm Read Points On The Ec1-12 Card

    STS Path (FE) CV-S CV-L CV-P CV-LFE CV-PFE ES-S ES-L ES-P ES-LFE ES-PFE SES-S SES-L SES-P SES-LFE SES-PFE SEF-S UAS-L UAS-P UAS-LFE UAS-PFE FC-L FC-P FC-LFE FC-PFE PPJC-PDET-P NPJC-PDET-P PPJC-PGEN-P NPJC-PGEN-P PJCS-PDET-P PJCS-PGEN-P PJC-DIFF-P Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 542: Ds1/E1-56 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters

    EC1 Path (EC1 XX) PMs Near and Far End Supported STS Path (STS XX-P) PMs Near and Far End Supported Figure 15-5 shows where overhead bytes detected on the ASICs produce PM parameters for the DS1/E1-56 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 543: Figure 15-5 Pm Read Points On The Ds1/E1-56 Card

    BFDL (SES) UAS-PFE BFDL (CSS) CSS-PFE BFDL LOFC) This group of PMs are received from the far end. They only exist for ESF framing mode. PMs read on Ultramapper ASIC and LIU Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 544: Ds1-14 And Ds1N-14 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters

    PMs listed in Table 15-6 with the given prefix and/or suffix. Note Figure 15-7 shows where overhead bytes detected on the ASICs produce PM parameters for the DS1-14 and DS1N-14 cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 545: Figure 15-7 Pm Read Points On The Ds1-14 And Ds1N-14 Cards

    FC-PFE SES-P SES-P SEFS-PFE UAS-P UAS-P SES-PFE CSS-P UAS-PFE ESA-P ESB-P SEFS-P Note Far-end DS1 performance monitoring values are valid only when the DS1 line is set to extended super frame (ESF). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 546: Ds-1 Facility Data Link Performance Monitoring

    DS3 Path (DS3 XX) PMs Near and Far End Supported STS Path (STS XX-P) PMs Near and Far End Supported The XX in Figure 15-8 represents all PMs listed in Table 15-7 with the given prefix and/or suffix. Note Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 547: Ds3-12E And Ds3N-12E Card Performance Monitoring Parameters

    CV-PFE ES-L ES-P ES-PFE SES-L SES-P SES-PFE LOSS-L UAS-P UAS-PFE FC-P FC-PFE 15.5.5 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card Performance Monitoring Parameters Figure 15-10 shows the signal types that support near-end and far-end PMs. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 548: Monitored Signal Types For The Ds3-12E And Ds3N-12E Cards

    STS UAS-PFE DS3 CVCP-PFE DS3 ESCP-PFE DS3 SASCP-PFE PMs read on Mux/Demux ASIC DS3 SESCP-PFE DS3 UASCP-PFE PMs read on LIU Table 15-8 describes the PM parameters for the DS3-12E and DS3N-12E cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 549: Ds3I-N-12 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters

    Figure 15-12 represents all PMs listed in Table 15-9 with the given prefix and/or suffix. Figure 15-13 shows where overhead bytes detected on the ASICs produce PM parameters for the DS3i-N-12 cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-21 78-18106-01...
  • Page 550: Figure 15-13 Pm Read Points On The Ds3I-N-12 Cards

    1. The C-Bit PMs (PMs that contain the text “CP-P”) are applicable only if the line format is C-Bit. 2. DS3i-N-12 cards support SAS-P only on the Rx path. 3. The SASCP parameter is also displayed as "undefined" for near-end parameter though it is a far-end parameter. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 551: Ds3Xm-6 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters

    PMs listed in Table 15-10 with the given prefix and/or suffix. Note Figure 15-15 shows where the overhead bytes detected on the ASICs produce PM parameters for the DS3XM-6 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-23 78-18106-01...
  • Page 552: Figure 15-15 Pm Read Points On The Ds3Xm-6 Card

    1. The C-Bit PMs (PMs that contain the text “CP-P”) are applicable only if the line format is C-Bit. 2. DS3XM-6 cards support SAS-P only on the Rx path. 3. The SASCP parameter is also displayed as "undefined" for near-end parameter though it is a far-end parameter. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 553: Ds3Xm-12 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters

    PMs listed in Table 15-11 with the given prefix and/or suffix. Note Figure 15-17 shows where the overhead bytes detected on the ASICs produce PM parameters for the DS3XM-12 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 554: Figure 15-17 Pm Read Points On The Ds3Xm-12 Card

    1. The C-Bit PMs (PMs that contain the text “CP-P”) are applicable only if the line format is C-Bit. 2. DS3XM-12 cards support SAS-P only on the Rx path. 3. The SASCP parameter is also displayed as "undefined" for near-end parameter though it is a far-end parameter. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 555: Ds3/Ec1-48 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters

    Figure 15-18 represents all PMs listed in Table 15-12 with the given prefix and/or suffix. Figure 15-19 shows where the overhead bytes detected on the ASICs produce PM parameters for the DS3-EC1-48 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-27 78-18106-01...
  • Page 556: Figure 15-19 Pm Read Points On The Ds3/Ec1-48 Card

    1. The C-Bit PMs (PMs that contain the text “CP-P”) are applicable only if the line format is C-Bit. 2. DS3/EC1-48 cards support SAS-P only on the Rx path. 3. The SASCP parameter is also displayed as "undefined" for near-end parameter though it is a far-end parameter. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-28 78-18106-01...
  • Page 557: Performance Monitoring For Ethernet Cards

    A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. dot3StatsFrameTooLong A count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-29 78-18106-01...
  • Page 558: Table

    FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but had either a bad FCS with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a nonintegral number of octets (Alignment Error). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-30 78-18106-01...
  • Page 559: E-Series Ethernet Utilization Window

    15-15. The parameters are defined in Table 15-13 on page 15-29. Table 15-15 Ethernet History Statistics per Time Interval Time Interval Number of Previous Intervals Displayed 1 minute 15 minutes 1 hour 1 day (24 hours) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-31 78-18106-01...
  • Page 560: G-Series Ethernet Card Performance Monitoring Parameters

    Tx Pkts Dropped Internal Number of transmit queue drops due to drops in the G-Series frame buffer. Congestion HDLC Errors High-level data link control (HDLC) errors received from SONET/SDH (see Note). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-32 78-18106-01...
  • Page 561: G-Series Ethernet Utilization Window

    Line utilization numbers express the average of ingress and egress traffic as a percentage of capacity. Unlike the E-Series, the G-Series card does not have a display of Trunk Utilization statistics, because Note the G-Series card is not a Layer 2 device or switch. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-33 78-18106-01...
  • Page 562: G-Series Ethernet History Window

    Number of bytes transmitted since the last counter reset. txTotalPkts Number of transmitted packets. ifOutUcast Pkts Number of unicast packets transmitted. ifOutMulticast Pkts Number of multicast packets transmitted. ifOutBroadcast Pkts Number or broadcast packets transmitted. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-34 78-18106-01...
  • Page 563 1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets). etherStatsBroadcastPkts The total number of good packets received that were directed to the broadcast address. Note that this does not include multicast packets. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-35 78-18106-01...
  • Page 564: Ml-Series Card Ether Ports Utilization Window

    Ethernet port (that is, 1 Gbps). The maxBaseRate for ML-Series Ethernet cards is shown in Table 15-14. Line utilization numbers express the average of ingress and egress traffic as a percentage of capacity. Note Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-36 78-18106-01...
  • Page 565: Ml-Series Card Ether Ports History Window

    ML-Series card. The two framing modes for the POS port on the ML-Series card are HDLC and frame-mapped generic framing procedure (GFP-F). For more information on provisioning a framing mode, refer to Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Table 15-18 defines the ML-Series Ethernet card POS Ports HDLC parameters.
  • Page 566: Ml-Series Rpr Span Window

    15.6.3.5 ML-Series RPR Span Window The parameters that appear in the ML-Series RPR Span window are the mandatory attributes of the 802.17 MIB. For more information on provisioning a framing mode, refer to Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Table 15-20 defines the ML-Series Ethernet card RPR Span parameters.
  • Page 567 Out. This does not include Fairness or idle frames. rprSpanStatsInOamEcho Number of received (PHY to MAC) OAM echo frames processed by Frames this MAC. rprSpanStatsInOamFlush Number of received (PHY to MAC) OAM flush frames processed by Frames this MAC. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-39 78-18106-01...
  • Page 568 The number of transmitted (MAC to PHY) classA unicast octets. Octets rprSpanStatsOutMcastClassA The number of transmitted (MAC to PHY) classA multicast and Frames broadcast frames. rprSpanStatsOutMcastClassA The number of transmitted (MAC to PHY) classA multicast and Octets broadcast octets. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-40 78-18106-01...
  • Page 569 Number of MAC to client classB CIR multicast and broadcast CirFrames frames. rprClientStatsInMcastClassB Number of MAC to client classB CIR multicast and broadcast octets CirOctets rprClientStatsInUcastClassA Number of MAC to client classA unicast frames. Frames Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-41 78-18106-01...
  • Page 570 Number of client to MAC classA unicast octets. Octets rprClientStatsOutMcastClassA Number of client to MAC classA multicast and broadcast frames. Frames rprClientStatsOutMcastClassA Number of client to MAC classA multicast and broadcast octets. Octets Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-42 78-18106-01...
  • Page 571: Ce-Series Ethernet Card Performance Monitoring Parameters

    CTC provides Ethernet performance information, including line-level parameters, port bandwidth consumption, and historical Ethernet statistics. The CE-Series card Ethernet performance information is divided into Ether Ports and POS Ports tabbed windows within the card view Performance tab window. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-43 78-18106-01...
  • Page 572: Ce-Series Card Ether Port Statistics Window

    FCS check. dot3StatsFCSErrors A count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-44 78-18106-01...
  • Page 573 (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets), and had either a bad FCS with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a nonintegral number of octets (Alignment Error). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-45 78-18106-01...
  • Page 574: Ce-Series Card Ether Ports Utilization Window

    The interval is defined in seconds. The maxBaseRate is defined by raw bits per second in one direction for the Ethernet port (that is, 1 Gbps). The maxBaseRate for CE-Series Ethernet cards is shown in Table 15-14. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-46 78-18106-01...
  • Page 575: Ce-Series Card Ether Ports History Window

    Sum of all the multiple bit errors. In the GFP CORE HDR at the GFP-T receiver, these are uncorrectable. gfpStatsRxTypeInvalid Number of receive packets dropped due to Client Data Frame UPI errors. gfpStatsRxCIDInvalid Number of packets with invalid CID. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-47 78-18106-01...
  • Page 576: Ce-Series Card Pos Ports Utilization Window

    15.7 Performance Monitoring for Optical Cards This section lists PM parameters for ONS 15454 optical cards, including the OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, and OC-192 cards. Figure 15-20 shows the signal types that support near-end and far-end PMs. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-48 78-18106-01...
  • Page 577: Monitored Signal Types For The Oc-3 Cards

    PMs read on BTC ASIC PMs read on PMC Note For PM locations relating to protection switch counts, see the Telcordia GR-253-CORE document. Table 15-23 Table 15-24 list the PM parameters for OC-3 cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-49 78-18106-01...
  • Page 578: Oc-3 Card Pms

    UAS-L UAS-P UAS-LFE UAS-PFE FC-L FC-P FC-LFE FC-PFE PSC (1+1) PPJC-PDET-P PSD (1+1) NPJC-PDET-P PPJC-PGEN-P NPJC-PGEN-P PJCS-PDET-P PJCS-PGEN-P PJC-DIFF-P Table 15-25 lists the PM parameters for OC-12, OC-48, OC-192, and OC-192-XFP cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-50 78-18106-01...
  • Page 579: Performance Monitoring For Optical Multirate Cards

    This section lists PM parameters for the optical mutirate cards MRC-12 and MRC-2.5G-4. Figure 15-22 shows where overhead bytes detected on the ASICs produce PM parameters for the MRC-12 card and the MRC-2.5G-4 card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-51 78-18106-01...
  • Page 580: Performance Monitoring For Storage Access Networking Cards

    PJCS-PDET-P PJCS-PGEN-P PJC-DIFF-P 15.9 Performance Monitoring for Storage Access Networking Cards The following sections define PM parameters and definitions for the SAN card, also known as the FC_MR-4 or Fibre Channel card. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-52 78-18106-01...
  • Page 581: Fc_Mr-4 Statistics Window

    This includes unexpected user payload identifier (UPI) type and also errors in CHEC. gfpStatsRxSblkCRCErrors Number of super block CRC errors. gfpStatsRoundTripLatencyUSec Round trip delay for the end-to-end Fibre Channel transport in milli seconds. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-53 78-18106-01...
  • Page 582: Fc_Mr-4 Utilization Window

    1. For 1 Gbps of bit rate being transported, there are only 850 Mbps of actual data because of 8b->10b conversion. Similarly, for 2 Gbps of bit rate being transported, there are only 1700 Mbps (850 Mbps x 2) of actual data. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-54 78-18106-01...
  • Page 583: Fc_Mr-4 History Window

    Time Interval Number of Intervals Displayed 1 minute 60 previous time intervals 15 minutes 32 previous time intervals 1 hour 24 previous time intervals 1 day (24 hours) 7 previous time intervals Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-55 78-18106-01...
  • Page 584 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.9.3 FC_MR-4 History Window Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 15-56 78-18106-01...
  • Page 585: Snmp Overview

    Through SNMP, network administrators can manage network performance, find and solve network problems, and plan network growth. Up to 10 SNMP trap destinations and five concurrent Cisco Transport Controller (CTC) user sessions are allowed per node.
  • Page 586: Chapter 16 Snmp

    Additionally, a network might be managed by one or several management systems. Figure 16-2 illustrates the relationship between the network manager, the SNMP agent, and the managed devices. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-2 78-18106-01...
  • Page 587: Example Of The Primary Snmp Components

    (such as an ONS 15454)—is accessed through the SNMP agent. Managed devices collect and store management information, making it available through SNMP to other management systems having the same protocol compatibility. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-3 78-18106-01...
  • Page 588: Snmp External Interface Requirement

    Fills the get-response with up to the max-repetition number of get-next interactions, similar to a get-next-request. set-request Provides remote network monitoring (RMON) MIB. trap Indicates that an event has occurred. An unsolicited message is sent by an SNMP agent to an SNMP manager. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-4 78-18106-01...
  • Page 589: Snmp Management Information Bases

    Definitions of Managed Objects for the DS1, E1, DS2 and E2 Interface Types 2496 DS3-MIB-rfc2496.mib Definitions of Managed Object for the DS3/E3 Interface Type 2558 SONET-MIB-rfc2558.mib Definitions of Managed Objects for the SONET/SDH Interface Type Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 590: Proprietary Ons 15454 Mibs

    (MXP_2.5G_10E, TXP_MR_10E, MXP_2.5G_10G, TXP_MR_10G, TXP_MR_2.5G, or TXPP_MR_2.5G) works with the first tunable wavelength. For more information about MXP and TXP cards, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5...
  • Page 591: Table 16-4 Cerentgenericpmthresholdtable

    The second table within the MIB, cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentTable, compiles the current performance monitoring (PM) values for the monitor types. The table is indexed based on interface index (cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentIndex), monitor type (cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentMonType), location (cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentLocation) and time period (cerentGenericPmStatsCurrentPeriod). The Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-7 78-18106-01...
  • Page 592: Table 16-5 32-Bit Cerentgenericpmstatscurrenttable

    (cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalValue and cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalOverFlowValue) can be used by SNMPv1 NMS. The cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalTable is shown in Table 16-6. Table 16-6 32-Bit cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalTable Index Objects Informational Objects cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalIndex cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalValue cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalMonType cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalOverFlowValue cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalLocation cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalHCValue cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalPeriod cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalValidData cerentGenericPmStatsIntervalNumber — Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-8 78-18106-01...
  • Page 593: Snmp Trap Content

    SNMP traps. fallingAlarm RFC2819/ The SNMP trap that is generated when an alarm entry RMON-MIB crosses the falling threshold and the entry generates an event that is configured for sending SNMP traps. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-9 78-18106-01...
  • Page 594: Table 16-8 Supported Ons 15454 Snmpv2 Trap Variable Bindings

    If the current state was entered prior to the last reinitialization of the proxy-agent, then the value is zero. cerent454NodeTime The time that an event occurred. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 595 The method of sampling the selected variable and calculating the value to be compared against the thresholds. alarmValue The value of the statistic during the last sampling period. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 596 A single is also generated if the first sample after this entry is less than or equal to this threshold. cerent454NodeTime The time that an event occurred. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 597 The object line that raised the alarm. If a line is not relevant to the alarm, the line number is zero. cerent454AlarmObjectName The TL1-style user-visible name that uniquely identifies an object in the system. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 598 If a line is not relevant to the alarm, the line number is zero. cerent454AlarmObjectName The TL1-style user-visible name that uniquely identifies an object in the system. cerent454ThresholdMonitorType This object indicates the type of metric being monitored. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 599 If a port is not relevant to the alarm, the port number is zero. cerent454AlarmLineNumber The object line that raised the alarm. If a line is not relevant to the alarm, the line number is zero. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 600: Snmp Community Names

    For instructions to do this, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. 16.10 Remote Monitoring The ONS 15454 incorporates RMON to allow network operators to monitor Ethernet card performance and events. The RMON thresholds are user-provisionable in CTC. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide for instructions. Note Typical RMON operations, other than threshold provisioning, are invisible to the CTC user.
  • Page 601: Bit Rmon Monitoring Over Dcc

    The mediaIndependentTable deletes a row if the SetRequest PDU contains a mediaIndependentStatus with a value of invalid (4). The varbind’s OID instance value identifies the row for deletion. You can recreate a deleted row in the table if desired. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 602: Row Creation In Cmediaindependenthistorycontroltable

    (1). If the etherStatsTable row already exists, or if the SetRequest PDU values are insufficient or do not make sense, the SNMP agent returns an error code. EtherStatsTable entries are not preserved if the SNMP agent is restarted. Note Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 603: Get Requests And Getnext Requests

    To activate a historyControlTable row, the SetRequest PDU must contain all needed values and have a status variable value of 2 (createRequest). All OIDs in the SetRequest PDU should be type OID.0 for entry creation. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 604: Row Deletion In Historycontrol Table

    The Alarm group consists of the alarmTable, which periodically compares sampled values with configured thresholds and raises an event if a threshold is crossed. This group requires the implementation of the event group, which follows this section. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 605: Table 16-10 Oids Supported In The Alarmtable

    Unsupported in E100/E1000 ifInErrors {1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14} — ifOutOctets {1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16} — ifOutUcastPkts {1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.17} — ifOutMulticastPkts {1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.4} Unsupported in E100/E1000 ifOutBroadcastPkts {1.3.6.1.2.1.31.1.1.1.5} Unsupported in E100/E1000 ifOutDiscards {1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.19} Unsupported in E100/E1000 Dot3StatsAlignmentErrors {1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.2} — Dot3StatsFCSErrors {1.3.6.1.2.1.10.7.2.1.3} — Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-21 78-18106-01...
  • Page 606: Row Deletion In Alarmtable

    To delete a row from the table, the SetRequest PDU should contain an alarmStatus value of 4 (invalid). A deleted row can be recreated. Note Entries in the alarmTable are preserved if the SNMP agent is restarted. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 607: Event Rmon Group

    If there is a controller card protection switch, the existing logTable is cleared and a new one is started on the newly active controller card. The table contains as many rows as provided by the alarm controller. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-23 78-18106-01...
  • Page 608 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.10.7 Event RMON Group Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 16-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 609: A.1 Shelf Specifications

    The terms "Unidirectional Path Switched Ring" and "UPSR" may appear in Cisco literature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15xxx products in a unidirectional path switched ring configuration. Rather, these terms, as well as "Path Protected Mesh Network" and "PPMN," refer generally to Cisco's path protection feature, which may be used in any topological network configuration.
  • Page 610: A.1.2 Configurations

    The ONS 15454 TL1 craft interface has the following specifications: Speed: 9600 bps • TCC2/TCC2P access: EIA/TIA-232 DB-9 type connector • • Backplane access: CRAFT pin field A.1.6 Modem Interface The ONS 15454 modem interface has the following specifications: Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 611: A.1.7 Alarm Interface

    Reference: External BITS, line, internal • A.1.11 System Power The ONS 15454 ANSI has the following power specifications: Nominal Input Voltage: –48 VDC • Power consumption: Configuration dependent; 55 W (fan tray only) • • Power requirements: Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 612: Table A-1 Fan Tray Assembly Power Requirements

    Width: 19 or 23 in. (48.3 cm or 58.4 cm) with mounting ears attached • Depth: 12.018 in. (30.5 cm) for standard door and 13.810 in. (35 cm) for deep door • Weight: 55 lb (24.947 kg) empty • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 613: A.2 Sfp, Xfp, And Gbic Specifications

    –20 (2G FC/FICON) ONS-SE-G2F-LX= Fibre Channel –9.5 to –3 (GE) –19 to –3 (GE) (1 and 2 Gbps), FICON, –10 to –3.5 (1FC, 2FC, –22 (1G FC/FICON) GE, HDTV and FICON) –21 (2G FC/FICON) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 614 –19 to –3 15454E-GBIC-LX/LH GE, FC –9 to –3 –19 to –3 ONS-GX-2FC-MMI –9.5 to –5 –20.5/–15 max ONS-GX-2FC-SML –9 to –3 –18 to –3 ONS-SI-155-SR-MM= OC-3, STM-1 -20 to -14 -30 to -14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 615: A.3 General Card Specifications

    Release 8.5 and later. A.3 General Card Specifications This section provides power specifications and temperature ranges for all ONS 15454 cards. A.3.1 Power Table A-3 provides power consumption information for the ONS 15454 cards. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 616: Table A-3 Individual Card Power Requirements

    DS1/E1-56 36.00 0.76 124.97 DS3-12 38.20 0.79 130.43 DS3/EC1-48 0.58 95.6 DS3N-12 38.20 0.79 130.43 DS3i-N-12 0.63 102.4 DS3-12E 26.80 0.56 91.51 DS3N-12E 26.80 0.56 91.51 DS3XM-12 Transmux 0.71 116.1 DS3XM-6 Transmux 0.42 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 617 E1000-2-G 53.50 1.11 182.67 G1K-4 63.00 (including GBICs 1.31 215.11 ML100T-12 1.10 181.00 ML1000-2 49 (including SFPs) 1.02 167.30 ML100X-8 1.35 221.93 ML-MR-10 CE-100T-8 53.14 1.10 181.30 CE-1000-4 1.25 204.80 CE-MR-10 1.35 221.93 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 618: Table A-4 Card Temperature Ranges And Product Names

    DS1N-14 15454-DS1N-14 15454-DS1N-14-T DS1/E1-56 — 15454-DS1E1-56 DS3-12 15454-DS3-12 15454-DS3-12-T DS3/EC1-48 — 15454-DS3_EC1-48 DS3N-12 15454-DS3N-12 15454-DS3N-12-T DS3i-N-12 15454-DS3i-N-12 — DS3-12E — 15454-DS3-12E-T DS3N-12E — 15454-DS3N-12E-T DS3XM-12 (Transmux) — 15454-DS3XM-12 DS3XM-6 (Transmux) 15454-DS3XM-6 15454-DS3XM-6-T Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 619 OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 15454-OC192LR1550 — OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15454-OC192LR15xx — 15xx.xx 15454_MRC-12 — 15454-MRC-12-T MRC-2.5G-4 — 15454-MRC-I-4 OC-192/STM-64 SR1 Short 15454_OC-192/STM-64 — Reach SR1 Short Reach OC-192/STM-64 Any Reach 15454_OC-192/STM-64 — Any Reach Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 620: A.4 Common Control Card Specifications

    A.4 Common Control Card Specifications This section provides specifications for the TCC2, TCC2P, XCVT, XC10G, XC-VXC-10G, and AIC-I cards. For compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document. A.4.1 TCC2 Card Specifications The TCC2 card has the following specifications: CTC software •...
  • Page 621: A.4.2 Tcc2P Card Specifications

    Operating temperature: –40 to +149 degrees Fahrenheit (–40 to +65 degrees Celsius) – Operating humidity: 5 to 95 percent, noncondensing – – Power consumption: 27.00 W, 0.56 A at –48 V, 92.2 BTU/hr Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 622: A.4.3 Xcvt Card Specifications

    Power consumption: 48 W, 1.00 A, 163.68 BTU/hr • Dimensions – Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) Card weight: 1.5 lb (0.6 kg) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 623: A.4.5 Xc-Vxc-10G Card Specifications

    Express orderwire/Local orderwire (EOW/LOW) – ITU-T G.711, ITU-T G.712, Telcordia GR-253-CORE A-law, mu-law – Due to the nature of mixed coding, in a mixed-mode configuration (A-law/mu-law) the Note orderwire is not ITU-T G.712 compliant. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 624: User Data Channel

    Number of inputs: 32 – Optocoupler isolated – Label customer provisionable – Severity customer provisionable – Common 32 V output for all alarm inputs – – Each input limited to 2 mA Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 625: A.5 Electrical Card Specifications

    This section provides specifications for the EC1-12, DS1-14, DS1N-14, DS1/E1-56, DS3/EC1-48, DS3-12, DS3N-12, DS3i-N-12, DS3-12E, DS3N-12E, DS3XM-6, DS3XM-12, and filler cards. For compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document. A.5.1 EC1-12 Card Specifications...
  • Page 626: A.5.2 Ds1-14 And Ds1N-14 Card Specifications

    Frame format: Off, SF (D4), ESF – Line code: AMI, B8ZS – Termination: Wire-wrap, AMP Champ Input impedance: 100 ohms – Cable loss: Max 655 feet ABAM #22 AWG – AIS: TR-TSY-000191 compliant – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 627: A.5.3 Ds1/E1-56 Card Specifications

    Bit rate: 1.544 Mbps ± 32 ppm (DS-1); 2.048 Mbps ±50ppm (E1) – – Frame format: Off, SF (D4), ESF (DS-1); E1 multiframe, E1 CRC multiframe, and unframed (ITU) (E1) Line code: AMI, B8ZS (DS-1); HDB3 (E1) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 628: A.5.4 Ds3/Ec1-48 Card Specifications

    Card weight: 2.0 lb (0.9 kg) A.5.4 DS3/EC1-48 Card Specifications The DS3/EC1-48 card has the following specifications: • Input – Bit rate: 44.736 Mbps +/– 20 ppm – Frame format: DS-3 ANSI T1.107-1988 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 629: A.5.5 Ds3-12 And Ds3N-12 Card Specifications

    Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Weight: 1.7 lb (0.7 kg) A.5.5 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Card Specifications The DS3-12 and DS3N-12 cards have the following specifications: Input • Bit rate: 44.736 Mbps +/– 20 ppm – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-21 78-18106-01...
  • Page 630 Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – DS3-12 card weight: 1.7 lb (0.7 kg) – DS3N-12 card weight: 1.8 lb (0.8 kg) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 631: A.5.6 Ds3I-N-12 Card Specifications

    Power consumption: 26.80 W, 0.56 A at –48 V, 91.5 BTU/hr – Dimensions • – Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-23 78-18106-01...
  • Page 632: A.5.7 Ds3-12E And Ds3N-12E Card Specifications

    149 degrees Fahrenheit (–40 to +65 degrees Celsius) Note The I-Temp symbol is displayed on the faceplate of an I-Temp compliant card. A card without this symbol is C-Temp compliant. • Operating humidity: 5 to 95 percent, noncondensing Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 633: A.5.8 Ds3Xm-12 Card Specifications

    Line build out: 0 to 225 feet (0 to 68.8 meters); 226 to 450 feet (68.9 to 137.2 meters) – Interface: BNC, SMB, UBIC and MiniBNC connectors • Surge protection: Telcordia GR-1089 • Operating temperature: • I-Temp (15454-DS3XM-12): –40 to 149 degrees Fahrenheit (–40 to +65 degrees Celsius) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 634: A.5.9 Ds3Xm-6 Card Specifications

    Line build out: 0 to 225 feet (0 to 68.8 meters); 226 to 450 feet (68.9 to 137.2 meters) Interface: BNC or SMB connectors • Surge protection: Telcordia GR-1089 • Operating temperature: • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 635: A.5.10 Filler Card Specifications

    OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550, OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550, OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx, 15454_MRC-12 (12-port), MRC-2.5G-4, OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach, and OC192/STM64 Any Reach cards. For compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5...
  • Page 636: A.6.1 Oc3 Ir 4/Stm1 Sh 1310 Card Specifications

    – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Depth with backplane connector: 9.250 in. (235 mm) – Weight not including clam shell: 1.0 lb (0.4 kg) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-28 78-18106-01...
  • Page 637: A.6.2 Oc3 Ir/Stm1Sh 1310-8 Card Specifications

    – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Depth with backplane connector: 9.250 in. (235 mm) – Weight not including clam shell: 1.0 lb (0.4 kg) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-29 78-18106-01...
  • Page 638: A.6.3 Oc12 Ir/Stm4 Sh 1310 Card Specifications

    Power consumption: 10.90 W, 0.23 A at –48 V, 37.22 BTU/hr – Dimensions • Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Weight not including clam shell: 1.4 lb (0.6 kg) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-30 78-18106-01...
  • Page 639: A.6.4 Oc12 Lr/Stm4 Lh 1310 Card Specifications

    Power consumption: 9.28 W, 0.25 A, 41 BTU/hr – Dimensions • Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Weight not including clam shell: 1.4 lb (0.6 kg) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-31 78-18106-01...
  • Page 640: A.6.5 Oc12 Lr/Stm4 Lh 1550 Card Specifications

    Power consumption: 9.28 W, 0.19 A, 31.68 BTU/hr Dimensions • Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Weight not including clam shell: 1.4 lb (0.6 kg) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-32 78-18106-01...
  • Page 641: A.6.6 Oc12 Ir/Stm4 Sh 1310-4 Specifications

    28 W, 0.58 A, 100 BTU/hr – Dimensions • Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Weight not including clam shell: 1.0 lb (0.4 kg) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-33 78-18106-01...
  • Page 642: A.6.7 Oc48 Ir 1310 Card Specifications

    Power consumption: 32.20 W, 0.67 A, 109.94 BTU/hr – • Dimensions Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – – Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Weight not including clam shell: 1.8 lb (0.8 kg) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-34 78-18106-01...
  • Page 643: A.6.8 Oc48 Lr 1550 Card Specifications

    Weight not including clam shell: 1.8 lb (0.8 kg) – A.6.9 OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 Card Specifications The OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 card has the following specifications: Line • Bit rate: 2.49 Gbps – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-35 78-18106-01...
  • Page 644: A.6.10 Oc48 Lr/Stm16 Lh As 1550 Card Specifications

    The OC48 LR/STM16 SH AS 1550 card has the following specifications: Line • Bit rate: 2.49 Gbps – Code: Scrambled NRZ – Fiber: 1550-nm single-mode – – Loopback modes: Terminal and facility Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-36 78-18106-01...
  • Page 645: A.6.11 Oc48 Elr/Stm 16 Eh 100 Ghz Card Specifications

    Line • Bit rate: 2.49 Gbps – Code: Scrambled NRZ – Fiber: 1550-nm single-mode – Loopback modes: Terminal and facility – Connectors: SC – Compliance: Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.692, ITU-T G.958 – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-37 78-18106-01...
  • Page 646: A.6.12 Oc48 Elr 200 Ghz Card Specifications

    – Compliance: Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G692, ITU-T G958 – Transmitter • Maximum transmitter output power: 0 dBm – Minimum transmitter output power: –2 dBm – – Center wavelength accuracy: +/– 0.25 nm Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-38 78-18106-01...
  • Page 647: A.6.13 Oc192 Sr/Stm64 Io 1310 Card Specifications

    Maximum transmitter output power: –1 dBm – Minimum transmitter output power: –6 dBm – Center wavelength: 1290 to 1330 nm – Nominal wavelength: 1310 nm – Transmitter: Directly modulated laser – • Receiver Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-39 78-18106-01...
  • Page 648: A.6.14 Oc192 Ir/Stm64 Sh 1550 Card Specifications

    Compliance: Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.957, ITU-T G.691 – Transmitter • Maximum transmitter output power: +2 dBm – Minimum transmitter output power: –1 dBm – Center wavelength: 1530 to 1565 nm – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-40 78-18106-01...
  • Page 649: A.6.15 Oc192 Lr/Stm64 Lh 1550 Card Specifications

    15454-OC192-LR2 (20 dB is recommended). Never connect a direct fiber loopback. Connectors: SC – Compliance: Telcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.707, ITU-T G.957 – • Transmitter – Maximum transmitter output power: +10 dBm (15454-OC192LR1550); +7 dBm (15454-OC192-LR2) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-41 78-18106-01...
  • Page 650: A.6.16 Oc192 Lr/Stm64 Lh Itu 15Xx.xx Card Specifications

    A.6.16 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Card Specifications The OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx card has the following specifications: • Line Bit rate: 9.95328 Gbps – Code: Scrambled NRZ – Fiber: 1550-nm single-mode – Maximum chromatic dispersion allowance: – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-42 78-18106-01...
  • Page 651 Currently available wavelengths and versions of OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx card: • ITU grid blue band: 1534.25 +/– 0.040 nm, OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 1534.25 – 1535.04 +/– 0.040 nm, OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 1535.04 – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-43 78-18106-01...
  • Page 652: A.6.17 15454_Mrc-12 Card Specifications

    A.2 SFP, XFP, and GBIC – Specifications, page A-5) – Center wavelength: See wavelength plan – Center wavelength accuracy: 1 nm to 4 nm, depending on SFP Transmitter: FP and DFB laser – Receiver • Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-44 78-18106-01...
  • Page 653: A.6.18 Mrc-2.5G-4 Card Specifications

    – Fiber: 1550-nm single-mode Connectors: LC duplex connector for each SFP – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-45 78-18106-01...
  • Page 654 For ONS-SE-622-1470 through ONS-SE-622-1610 SFPs: 1470 to 1610 nm (eight distinct wavelengths at 2500 GHz spacing) – For ONS_SE-155-1470 through ONS-SE-155-1610 SFPs: 1470 to 1610 nm (eight distinct wavelengths at 2500 GHz spacing) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-46 78-18106-01...
  • Page 655: A.6.19 Oc192Sr1/Stm64Io Short Reach Card Specifications

    The OC192/STM64 Any Reach card has the following specifications: • Line – Bit rate: OC-192 (9.9520 Gbps) – Fiber: 1310-nm single-mode for ONS-XC-10G-S1 XFP, 1550-nm single mode for ONS-XC-10G-I2 and ONS-XC-10G-L2 XFPs Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-47 78-18106-01...
  • Page 656: A.7 Ethernet Card Specifications

    A.7 Ethernet Card Specifications This section includes specifications for the E100T-12, E100T-G, E1000-2, E1000-2-G, CE-1000-4, CE-100T-8, CE-MR-10, G1K-4, ML100T-12, ML1000-2, ML-MR-10, and ML100X-8 cards. For compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document. A.7.1 E100T-12 Card Specifications The E100T-12 card has the following specifications: •...
  • Page 657: A.7.2 E100T-G Card Specifications

    Width: 0.716 in. (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (228.6 mm) – Card weight: 2.1 lb (0.9 kg) A.7.4 E1000-2-G Card Specifications The E1000-2-G card has the following specifications: • Environmental – Operating temperature: Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-49 78-18106-01...
  • Page 658: A.7.5 Ce-1000-4 Card Specifications

    Power consumption: 53 W, 1.1 A, 181.3 BTU/hr • Dimensions – Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – Width: 0.913 in. (23.19 mm) – Depth: 9.073 in. (230.45 mm) Card weight: 1.8 lb (0.82 kg) – Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-50 78-18106-01...
  • Page 659: A.7.7 Ce-Mr-10 Card Specifications

    Operating temperature: +23 to +131 degrees Fahrenheit (–5 to +55 degrees Celsius) – Operating humidity: 5 to 95 percent, noncondensing – Power consumption: 53.00 W, 1.10 A at –48 V, 181.0 BTU/hr • Dimensions – Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-51 78-18106-01...
  • Page 660: A.7.10 Ml1000-2 Card Specifications

    Weight not including clam shell: 0.9 kg (2.1 lb) A.7.12 ML-MR-10 Card Specifications The ML-MR-10 card has the following specifications: • Environmental – Operating temperature: +23 to +131 degrees Fahrenheit (–40 to +65 degrees Celsius) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-52 78-18106-01...
  • Page 661: A.8 Storage Access Networking Card Specifications

    Weight not including clam shell: 0.9 kg (2.1 lb) A.8 Storage Access Networking Card Specifications This section describes the FC_MR-4 (Fibre Channel) card specifications. For compliance information, refer to the Cisco Optical Transport Products Safety and Compliance Information document. •...
  • Page 662 Appendix A Hardware Specifications A.8 Storage Access Networking Card Specifications – Card weight: 2.59 lb (1.17 kg) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 A-54 78-18106-01...
  • Page 663: Table B-1 Ons 15454 Service State Primary States And Primary State Qualifiers

    A P P E N D I X Administrative and Service States This appendix describes administrative and service states for Cisco ONS 15454 cards, ports, and cross-connects. For circuit state information, refer to Chapter 11, “Circuits and Tunnels.” Entity states in Software Release 5.0 and later are based on the generic state model defined in...
  • Page 664: Appendix B Administrative And Service State

    ONS 15454. See Table B-2 for SST definitions. A change in the administrative state of an entity does not change the service state of supporting or Note supported entities. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 665: B.3 Service State Transitions

    Reset the card. OOS-AU,SWDL Alarm/condition is raised. OOS-AU,FLT OOS-AU,AINS & MEA Remove the card. OOS-AU,AINS & UEQ Delete the card. OOS-AUMA,UAS if the card is valid OOS-AUMA,MEA & UAS if the card is invalid Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 666: B.3.1 Card Service State Transitions

    OOS-AUMA,MEA & MT Change the administrative state OOS-AU,MEA to IS. Remove the card. OOS-AUMA,MT & UEQ Delete the card. OOS-AUMA,UAS if the card is valid OOS-AUMA,MEA & UAS if the card is invalid Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 667 The port supports 1+1 protection or bidirectional line switched rings (BLSRs). • Cross-connects are present on the port. • Overhead connections or overhead terminations are in use (such as express orderwire, local orderwire, or user data channels [UDCs]). Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 668: Table B-5 Ons 15454 Port And Cross-Connect Service State Transitions

    To change this behavior so that you cannot put a port in OOS-MA,DSBLD if any of these conditions exist, set the NODE.general.ForceToOosDsbldStateChange default setting to FALSE. For the procedure to change node defaults, refer to the “Maintain the Node” chapter in the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide.
  • Page 669 OOS-MA,DSBLD & OOG for a VCAT cross-connect Put the port or cross-connect in the OOS-AUMA,FLT & MT OOS,MT administrative state Put the VCAT cross-connect in the OOS-AUMA,FLT & MT & OOG OOS,OOG administrative state. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 670 OOS-MA,DSBLD & OOG for a VCAT cross-connect Put the port or cross-connect in a OOS-AUMA,FLT & LPBK & loopback. Put the VCAT cross-connect in the OOS-AUMA,FLT & MT & OOG OOS,OOG administrative state. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 671 This applies only to the cross-connect, not the ports. Alarm/condition is raised. OOS-AUMA,FLT & LPBK & OOS-AUMA,FLT & LPBK & MT & OOG for a VCAT cross-connect Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 672: Table B-6 Ons 15454 Pluggable Equipment Service State Transitions

    ONS 15454 Pluggable Equipment Service State Transitions Current Service State Action Next Service State IS-NR Reset the pluggable equipment. IS-NR Provision an unsupported service rate. OOS-AU,MEA Pluggable equipment does not work with the board configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 B-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 673: B.3.3 Pluggable Equipment Service State Transitions

    Pluggable equipment does not work with the board configuration. OOS-MA,MT Reset the pluggable equipment. OOS-MA,MT Provision an unsupported service rate. OOS-AUMA,MEA & MT Pluggable equipment does not work with the board configuration. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 B-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 674 Appendix B Administrative and Service States B.3.3 Pluggable Equipment Service State Transitions Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 B-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 675: C.1 Network Element Defaults Description

    To import, export, or edit the settings, refer to the “Maintain the Node” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Cards supported by this platform that are not listed in this appendix are not supported by user-configurable NE defaults settings.
  • Page 676: Appendix C Network Element Default

    C.2 Card Default Settings The tables in this section list the default settings for each SONET card. Cisco provides several types of user-configurable defaults for Cisco ONS 15454 optical, electrical, storage access networking, and Ethernet (or data) cards. Types of card defaults can be broadly grouped by function, as outlined in the following subsections.
  • Page 677: C.2.2 Threshold Defaults

    Access Networking Cards.” For further information about IOS configuration defaults for ML-series cards, refer to the Note Cisco ONS 15454 and Cisco ONS 15454 SDH Ethernet Card Software Feature and Configuration Guide. C.2.2 Threshold Defaults Threshold default settings define the default cumulative values (thresholds) beyond which a threshold crossing alert (TCA) will be raised, making it possible to monitor the network and detect errors early.
  • Page 678: C.2.3 Defaults By Card

    1E-5, 1E-6, 1E-7, 1E-8, 1E-9 DS1.config.SendAISOnFacilityLoopback TRUE TRUE, FALSE DS1.config.SendAISOnTerminalLoopback FALSE TRUE, FALSE DS1.config.SendAISVOnDefects FALSE FALSE, TRUE DS1.config.State IS,AINS IS, OOS,DSBLD, OOS,MT, IS,AINS DS1.config.TreatLOFAsDefect FALSE FALSE, TRUE DS1.pmthresholds.line.farend.15min.ES 65 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 679 0 - 90 DS1.pmthresholds.path.nearend.15min.SAS 2 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1.pmthresholds.path.nearend.15min.SES 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1.pmthresholds.path.nearend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1.pmthresholds.path.nearend.1day.AISS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1.pmthresholds.path.nearend.1day.CV 132960 (BIP count) 0 - 3715200 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 680 0 - 86400 DS1.pmthresholds.vt.farend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1.pmthresholds.vt.farend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1.pmthresholds.vt.nearend.15min.CV 15 (BIP8 count) 0 - 2160000 DS1.pmthresholds.vt.nearend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1.pmthresholds.vt.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 681: Table C-2 Ds1/E1-56 Card Default Settings

    J_ESF DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.config.RetimingEnabled FALSE TRUE, FALSE DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.config.SDBER 1.00E-07 1E-5, 1E-6, 1E-7, 1E-8, 1E-9 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.config.SendAISOnFacilityLoopback TRUE TRUE, FALSE DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.config.SendAISOnTerminalLoopbac TRUE TRUE, FALSE DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.config.SendAISVOnDefects FALSE FALSE, TRUE DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.config.SendDoNotUse FALSE TRUE, FALSE DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.config.SFBER 1.00E-04 1E-3, 1E-4, 1E-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 682 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.path.farend.15min.CV 13296 (BIP 0 - 38700 count) DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.path.farend.15min.ES 65 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.path.farend.15min.ESA 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.path.farend.15min.ESB 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.path.farend.15min.ESF 65 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 683 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.path.farend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.path.farend.1day.UASF 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.path.farend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.path.nearend.15min.AI 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.path.nearend.15min.C 13296 (BIP 0 - 38700 count) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 684 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.vt.farend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.vt.farend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.vt.farend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.DS1-PORT.pmthresholds.vt.farend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 685 //.//.//.//.NODE.timing.general.SSMMessa geSet Generation 2; PRS, STU, ST2, ST3, SMC, ST4, DUS, RES when //.//.//.//.NODE.timing.general.SSMMessa geSet N/A DS1-E1-56.E1-PORT.config.State OOS,DSBLD OOS,DSBLD when LineType AUTO FRAME; IS, OOS,DSBLD, OOS,MT, IS,AINS when LineType E1_MF, E1_CRCMF, UNFRAMED Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 686 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.E1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.E1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 DS1-E1-56.E1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.E1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.E1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.ES 100 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 687: Table C-3 Ds-3 Card Default Settings

    1E-3, 1E-4, 1E-5 DS3.config.State IS,AINS IS, OOS,DSBLD, OOS,MT, IS,AINS DS3.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.CV 387 (BPV count) 0 - 38700 DS3.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.ES 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.LOSS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 688: Table C-4 Ds3/Ec1-48 Card Default Settings

    Default Value Default Domain DS3-EC1-48.Broadband.portAssignment DS3-PORT UNASSIGNED, DS3-PORT, EC1-PORT DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.config.AINSSoakTime 08:00 00:00, 00:15, 00:30 .. 48:00 (hours:mins) DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.config.FeInhibitLpbk TRUE TRUE, FALSE DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.config.LineLength 0 - 225 ft 0 - 225 ft, 226 - 450 ft Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-14 78-18106-01...
  • Page 689 40 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.pmthresholds.cpbitpath.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.CV 387 (BPV 0 - 38700 count) DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.ES 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.LOSS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 690 0 - 86400 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.farend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.CV 15 (B3 0 - 2160000 count) DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 691 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.CV 1312 (B2 0 - 137700 count) DS3-EC1-48.EC1-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.SES 1 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.UAS 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 692 0 - 6912 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.CV 15 (B3 0 - 2160000 count) DS3-EC1-48.EC1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 693: Table C-5 Ds3E Card Default Settings

    08:00 (hours:mins) 00:00, 00:15, 00:30 .. 48:00 DS3E.config.FeInhibitLpbk TRUE TRUE, FALSE DS3E.config.LineLength 0 - 225 ft 0 - 225 ft, 226 - 450 ft DS3E.config.LineType UNFRAMED UNFRAMED, M13, C BIT, AUTO PROVISION FMT Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 694: Table

    0 - 86400 DS3E.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.LOSS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3E.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.SES 40 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3E.pmthresholds.pbitpath.nearend.15min.AISS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3E.pmthresholds.pbitpath.nearend.15min.CV 382 (BIP count) 0 - 38700 DS3E.pmthresholds.pbitpath.nearend.15min.ES 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 695: C.2.3.6 Ds3I Card Default Settings

    0 - 86400 DS3E.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.FC 10 (count) 0 - 6912 DS3E.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3E.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 C.2.3.6 DS3I Card Default Settings Table C-6 lists the DS3I card default settings. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-21 78-18106-01...
  • Page 696: Table C-6 Ds3I Card Default Settings

    DS3I.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.CV 387 (BPV count) 0 - 38700 DS3I.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.ES 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3I.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.LOSS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3I.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3I.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.CV 3865 (BPV count) 0 - 3715200 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 697 0 - 900 DS3I.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.CV 125 (B3 count) 0 - 207360000 DS3I.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.ES 100 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3I.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.FC 10 (count) 0 - 6912 DS3I.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3I.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-23 78-18106-01...
  • Page 698: Table C-7 Ds3Xm-6 Card Default Settings

    0 - 86400 DS3XM.pmthresholds.cpbitpath.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3XM.pmthresholds.ds1path.nearend.15min.AISS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM.pmthresholds.ds1path.nearend.15min.ES 65 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM.pmthresholds.ds1path.nearend.15min.SAS 2 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM.pmthresholds.ds1path.nearend.15min.SES 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 699 0 - 900 DS3XM.pmthresholds.sts.farend.1day.CV 125 (B3 count) 0 - 207360000 DS3XM.pmthresholds.sts.farend.1day.ES 100 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3XM.pmthresholds.sts.farend.1day.FC 10 (count) 0 - 6912 DS3XM.pmthresholds.sts.farend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3XM.pmthresholds.sts.farend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 700: Table C-8 Ds3Xm-12 Card Default Settings

    Default Domain DS3XM12.config.AINSSoakTime 08:00 (hours:mins) 00:00, 00:15, 00:30 .. 48:00 DS3XM12.config.FeInhibitLpbk TRUE TRUE, FALSE DS3XM12.config.LineLength 0 - 225 ft (feet) 0 - 225 ft, 226 - 450 ft DS3XM12.config.LineType M13, C BIT Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 701 0 - 287100 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1path.farend.15min.ES 65 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1path.farend.15min.ESA 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1path.farend.15min.ESB 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1path.farend.15min.ESFE 65 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1path.farend.15min.ESNE 65 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-27 78-18106-01...
  • Page 702 0 - 27561600 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1path.nearend.1day.ES 648 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1path.nearend.1day.FC 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1path.nearend.1day.SAS 17 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1path.nearend.1day.SES 100 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1path.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-28 78-18106-01...
  • Page 703 0 - 2160000 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.sts.nearend.1day.CV 125 (B3 count) 0 - 207360000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-29 78-18106-01...
  • Page 704: Table C-9 Ec1-12 Card Default Settings

    1.00E-07 1E-5, 1E-6, 1E-7, 1E-8, 1E-9 EC1.config.line.SendAISOnFacilityLoopback TRUE TRUE, FALSE EC1.config.line.SFBER 1.00E-04 1E-3, 1E-4, 1E-5 EC1.config.line.State IS,AINS IS, OOS,DSBLD, OOS,MT, IS,AINS EC1.config.sts.IPPMEnabled FALSE TRUE, FALSE EC1.pmthresholds.line.farend.15min.CV 1312 (B2 count) 0 - 137700 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-30 78-18106-01...
  • Page 705 0 - 900 EC1.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 EC1.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.1day.CV 125 (B3 count) 0 - 207360000 EC1.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.1day.ES 100 (seconds) 0 - 86400 EC1.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.1day.FC 10 (count) 0 - 6912 EC1.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-31 78-18106-01...
  • Page 706: C.2.3.10 Fc_Mr-4 Card Default Settings

    0 - 691200000 EC1.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 EC1.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 EC1.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 C.2.3.10 FC_MR-4 Card Default Settings Table C-10 lists the FC_MR-4 card default settings. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-32 78-18106-01...
  • Page 707: Table C-10 Fc_Mr-4 Card Default Settings

    Gbps ISL, FICON - 2 Gbps ISL, Undefined FC-MR.config.port.State OOS,DSBLD IS, OOS,DSBLD, OOS,MT, IS,AINS C.2.3.11 Ethernet Card Default Settings Table C-11 lists the ML1000, ML100T, ML-100X-8, ML-MR-10, CE-1000-4, CE-100T-8, and CE-MR-10 card default settings. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-33 78-18106-01...
  • Page 708: C.2.3.12 Oc-3 Card Default Settings

    TRUE, FALSE ML-MR.config.PreServiceAlarmSuppression FALSE TRUE, FALSE ML-MR.config.SoakTime 08:00 (hours:mins) 00:00, 00:15, 00:30 .. 48:00 C.2.3.12 OC-3 Card Default Settings Table C-12 lists the OC-3 (OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310) card default settings. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-34 78-18106-01...
  • Page 709: Table C-12 Oc-3 Card Default Settings

    0 - 86400 OC3.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 OC3.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC3.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC3.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.CV 1312 (B2 count) 0 - 137700 OC3.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-35 78-18106-01...
  • Page 710 0 - 900 OC3.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC3.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.CV 125 (B3 count) 0 - 207360000 OC3.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.ES 100 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC3.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.FC 10 (count) 0 - 6912 OC3.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.NPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-36 78-18106-01...
  • Page 711: C.2.3.13 Oc3-8 Card Default Settings

    0 - 691200000 OC3.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC3.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 C.2.3.13 OC3-8 Card Default Settings Table C-13 lists the eight-port OC3-8 (OC3 IR/STM1 SH 1310-8) card default settings. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-37 78-18106-01...
  • Page 712: Table C-13 Oc3-8 Card Default Settings

    LBC-LOW, LBC-LOW + 1, LBC-LOW + 2 .. OC3-8.physicalthresholds.alarm.LBC-LOW 20 (%) 0, 1, 2 .. LBC-HIGH OC3-8.physicalthresholds.alarm.OPR-HIGH 200 (%) OPR-LOW, OPR-LOW + 1, OPR-LOW + 2 .. OC3-8.physicalthresholds.alarm.OPR-LOW 50 (%) -1, 0, 1 .. OPR-HIGH Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-38 78-18106-01...
  • Page 713 0 - 900 OC3-8.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 OC3-8.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.PSC 1 (count) 0 - 600 OC3-8.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.PSD 300 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC3-8.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.SES 1 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC3-8.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.UAS 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-39 78-18106-01...
  • Page 714 0 - 691200000 OC3-8.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.NPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 OC3-8.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PJCDIFF 5760 (count) 0 - 1382400000 OC3-8.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PJCS-PDET 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC3-8.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PJCS-PGEN 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC3-8.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-40 78-18106-01...
  • Page 715: C.2.3.14 Oc-12 Card Default Settings

    OC3-8.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 C.2.3.14 OC-12 Card Default Settings Table C-14 lists the OC-12 (OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310, OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310, and OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550) card default settings. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-41 78-18106-01...
  • Page 716: Table C-14 Oc-12 Card Default Settings

    0 - 900 OC12.pmthresholds.line.farend.15min.UAS 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC12.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.CV 53150 (B2 count) 0 - 53049600 OC12.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.ES 864 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC12.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 OC12.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-42 78-18106-01...
  • Page 717 0 - 72 OC12.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.NPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC12.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.NPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC12.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PJCDIFF 60 (count) 0 - 14400000 OC12.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PJCS-PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC12.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PJCS-PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-43 78-18106-01...
  • Page 718 0 - 6912 OC12.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.NPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 OC12.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.NPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 OC12.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.PJCDIFF 5760 (count) 0 - 1382400000 OC12.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PDET 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC12.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PGEN 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-44 78-18106-01...
  • Page 719: Table C-15 Oc12-4 Card Default Settings

    OC12-4 (OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4) card default settings. Table C-15 OC12-4 Card Default Settings Default Name Default Value Default Domain OC12-4.config.line.AINSSoakTime 08:00 (hours:mins) 00:00, 00:15, 00:30 .. 48:00 OC12-4.config.line.PJStsMon# 0 (STS #) 0 - 12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-45 78-18106-01...
  • Page 720 0 - 53049600 OC12-4.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.ES 864 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC12-4.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 OC12-4.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC12-4.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC12-4.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.CV 5315 (B2 count) 0 - 552600 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-46 78-18106-01...
  • Page 721 0 - 14400000 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PJCS-PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PJCS-PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-47 78-18106-01...
  • Page 722 0 - 1382400000 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PDET 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PGEN 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.PPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-48 78-18106-01...
  • Page 723: Table C-16 Oc-48 Card Default Settings

    Table C-16 OC-48 Card Default Settings Default Name Default Value Default Domain OC48.config.line.AINSSoakTime 08:00 (hours:mins) 00:00, 00:15, 00:30 .. 48:00 OC48.config.line.AlsMode Disabled Disabled, Auto Restart, Manual Restart, Manual Restart for Test Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-49 78-18106-01...
  • Page 724 0 - 2212200 OC48.pmthresholds.line.farend.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.line.farend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 OC48.pmthresholds.line.farend.15min.SES 1 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.line.farend.15min.UAS 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.CV 212600 (B2 count) 0 - 212371200 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-50 78-18106-01...
  • Page 725 0 - 2151900 OC48.pmthresholds.section.nearend.15min.ES 500 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.section.nearend.15min.SEFS 500 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.section.nearend.15min.SES 500 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.section.nearend.1day.CV 100000 (B1 count) 0 - 206582400 OC48.pmthresholds.section.nearend.1day.ES 5000 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-51 78-18106-01...
  • Page 726 0 - 7200000 OC48.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.15min.PJCDIFF 60 (count) 0 - 14400000 OC48.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC48.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.15min.PPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-52 78-18106-01...
  • Page 727 0 - 691200000 OC48.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.PJCDIFF 5760 (count) 0 - 1382400000 OC48.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PDET 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC48.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PGEN 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC48.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.PPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 OC48.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-53 78-18106-01...
  • Page 728: Table C-17 Oc-192 Card Default Settings

    G811, STU, G812T, G812L, SETS, OC192.config.line.sdh.SendDoNotUse FALSE FALSE when SendDoNotUse TRUE; FALSE, TRUE when SendDoNotUse FALSE OC192.config.line.sdh.SendDoNotUse FALSE FALSE, TRUE OC192.config.line.sdh.SyncMsgIn TRUE FALSE, TRUE OC192.config.line.SendAISOnFacilityLoopback TRUE TRUE, FALSE OC192.config.line.SendAISOnTerminalLoopback FALSE FALSE OC192.config.line.SFBER 1.00E-04 1E-3, 1E-4, 1E-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-54 78-18106-01...
  • Page 729 OC192.physicalthresholds.warning.1day.LBC-HIGH 200 (%) LBC-LOW, LBC-LOW + 1, LBC-LOW + 2 .. 255 OC192.physicalthresholds.warning.1day.LBC-LOW 20 (%) 0, 1, 2 .. LBC-HIGH OC192.physicalthresholds.warning.1day.OPR-HIGH 200 (%) OPR-LOW, OPR-LOW + 1, OPR-LOW + 2 .. 255 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-55 78-18106-01...
  • Page 730 0 - 6912 OC192.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.PSC 5 (count) 0 - 57600 OC192.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.PSC-R 5 (count) 0 - 57600 OC192.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.PSC-S 5 (count) 0 - 57600 OC192.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.PSC-W 5 (count) 0 - 57600 OC192.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.PSD 600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-56 78-18106-01...
  • Page 731 0 - 691200000 OC192.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PJCDIFF 5760 (count) 0 - 1382400000 OC192.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PJCS-PDET 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC192.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PJCS-PGEN 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC192.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 OC192.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-57 78-18106-01...
  • Page 732 0 - 7200000 OC192.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PJCDIFF 60 (count) 0 - 14400000 OC192.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC192.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-58 78-18106-01...
  • Page 733: Table C-18 Oc192-Xfp Default Settings

    0 - 192 OC192-XFP.config.line.SDBER 1.00E-07 1E-5, 1E-6, 1E-7, 1E-8, 1E-9 OC192-XFP.config.line.sdh.AdminSSMIn G811, STU, G812T, G812L, SETS, DUS OC192-XFP.config.line.sdh.SendDoNotUse FALSE FALSE when SendDoNotUse TRUE; FALSE, TRUE when SendDoNotUse FALSE OC192-XFP.config.line.sdh.SendDoNotUse FALSE FALSE, TRUE Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-59 78-18106-01...
  • Page 734 OPR-LOW + 2 .. 255 OC192-XFP.physicalthresholds.warning.15min.OPR-LOW 50 (%) -1, 0, 1 .. OPR-HIGH OC192-XFP.physicalthresholds.warning.15min.OPT-HIGH 120 (%) OPT-LOW, OPT-LOW + 1, OPT-LOW + 2 .. 255 OC192-XFP.physicalthresholds.warning.15min.OPT-LOW 80 (%) 0, 1, 2 .. OPT-HIGH Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-60 78-18106-01...
  • Page 735 0 - 900 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.PSD-W 300 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.SES 1 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.UAS 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.CV 850400 (B2 0 - 849657600 count) OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.ES 864 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-61 78-18106-01...
  • Page 736 0 - 2160000 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.NPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.NPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PJCDIFF 60 (count) 0 - 14400000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-62 78-18106-01...
  • Page 737 0 - 900 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend.15min.NPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend.15min.NPJC-PGE 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend.15min.PJCDIFF 60 (count) 0 - 14400000 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-63 78-18106-01...
  • Page 738 0 - 7200000 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.NPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PJCDIFF 60 (count) 0 - 14400000 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192-XFP.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-64 78-18106-01...
  • Page 739: C.2.3.19 Mrc-12 Card Default Settings

    Restart, Manual Restart; 80.0, 80.1, 80.2 .. 100.0 when AlsMode Manual Restart for Test MRC-12.OC12-PORT.config.line.AlsRecoveryPulseInterval 100 (seconds) 60 - 300 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.config.line.PJStsMon# 0 (STS #) 0 - 12 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.config.line.SDBER 1.00E-07 1E-5, 1E-6, 1E-7, 1E-8, 1E-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-65 78-18106-01...
  • Page 740 OPT-LOW + 2 .. 255 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.physicalthresholds.warning.15min.OPT-LOW 80 (%) 0, 1, 2 .. OPT-HIGH MRC-12.OC12-PORT.physicalthresholds.warning.1day.LBC-HIGH 200 (%) LBC-LOW, LBC-LOW + 1, LBC-LOW + 2 .. 255 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.physicalthresholds.warning.1day.LBC-LOW 20 (%) 0, 1, 2 .. LBC-HIGH Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-66 78-18106-01...
  • Page 741 0 - 57600 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.PSC-W 5 (count) 0 - 57600 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.PSD 600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.PSD-W 600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-67 78-18106-01...
  • Page 742 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.CV 125 (B3 0 - 207360000 count) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-68 78-18106-01...
  • Page 743 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.15min.PPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-69 78-18106-01...
  • Page 744 0 - 14400000 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.PPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC-12.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-70 78-18106-01...
  • Page 745 MRC-12.OC3-PORT.config.line.sdh.SendDoNotUse FALSE FALSE when SendDoNotUse TRUE; FALSE, TRUE when SendDoNotUse FALSE MRC-12.OC3-PORT.config.line.sdh.SendDoNotUse FALSE FALSE, TRUE MRC-12.OC3-PORT.config.line.sdh.SyncMsgIn TRUE FALSE, TRUE MRC-12.OC3-PORT.config.line.SendAISOnFacilityLoopback TRUE TRUE, FALSE MRC-12.OC3-PORT.config.line.SendAISOnTerminalLoopback TRUE TRUE, FALSE MRC-12.OC3-PORT.config.line.SFBER 1.00E-04 1E-3, 1E-4, 1E-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-71 78-18106-01...
  • Page 746 OPT-LOW + 2 .. 255 MRC-12.OC3-PORT.physicalthresholds.warning.1day.OPT-LOW 80 (%) 0, 1, 2 .. OPT-HIGH MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.farend.15min.CV 1312 (B2 0 - 137700 count) MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.farend.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.farend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-72 78-18106-01...
  • Page 747 MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.1day.CV 100000 (B1 0 - 13305600 count) MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.1day.ES 5000 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.1day.SEFS 5000 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.1day.SES 5000 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.CV 15 (B3 count) 0 - 2160000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-73 78-18106-01...
  • Page 748 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PJCS-PGEN 9600 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-74 78-18106-01...
  • Page 749 0 - 1382400000 MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PDET 9600 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PGEN 9600 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.PPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-75 78-18106-01...
  • Page 750 1, LBC-LOW + 2 .. 255 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.physicalthresholds.alarm.LBC-LOW 20 (%) 0, 1, 2 .. LBC-HIGH MRC-12.OC48-PORT.physicalthresholds.alarm.OPR-HIGH 200 (%) OPR-LOW, OPR-LOW + 1, OPR-LOW + 2 .. 255 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.physicalthresholds.alarm.OPR-LOW 50 (%) -1, 0, 1 .. OPR-HIGH Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-76 78-18106-01...
  • Page 751 0 - 86400 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.CV 21260 (B2 0 - 2212200 count) MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.PSC 1 (count) 0 - 600 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.PSC-R 1 (count) 0 - 600 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-77 78-18106-01...
  • Page 752 (seconds) MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.1day.SEFS 5000 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.1day.SES 5000 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.CV 15 (B3 count) 0 - 2160000 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-78 78-18106-01...
  • Page 753 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.farend.15min.CV 75 (B3 count) 0 - 2160000 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.farend.15min.ES 60 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-79 78-18106-01...
  • Page 754 (seconds) MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.1day.PPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.farend.15min.CV 25 (B3 count) 0 - 2160000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-80 78-18106-01...
  • Page 755 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PGEN 9600 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.PPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-81 78-18106-01...
  • Page 756: C.2.3.20 Mrc-2.5G-4 Card Default Settings

    1, OPR-LOW + 2 .. 255 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.physicalthresholds.alarm.OPR-LOW 50 (%) -1, 0, 1 .. OPR-HIGH MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.physicalthresholds.alarm.OPT-HIGH 120 (%) OPT-LOW, OPT-LOW + 1, OPT-LOW + 2 .. 255 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.physicalthresholds.alarm.OPT-LOW 80 (%) 0, 1, 2 .. OPT-HIGH Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-82 78-18106-01...
  • Page 757 0 - 552600 count) MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.PSC 1 (count) 0 - 600 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.PSC-W 1 (count) 0 - 600 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.PSD 0 - 900 (seconds) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-83 78-18106-01...
  • Page 758 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.CV 15 (B3 0 - 2160000 count) MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-84 78-18106-01...
  • Page 759 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PJCS-PGEN 9600 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-85 78-18106-01...
  • Page 760 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.NPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.NPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.PJCDIFF 5760 (count) 0 - 1382400000 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PDET 9600 0 - 86400 (seconds) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-86 78-18106-01...
  • Page 761 0 - 7200000 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.CV 250 (B3 0 - 207360000 count) MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.ES 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC12-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.1day.FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-87 78-18106-01...
  • Page 762 SendDoNotUse FALSE MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.config.line.sonet.SendDoNotUse FALSE FALSE, TRUE MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.config.line.sonet.SyncMsgIn TRUE FALSE, TRUE MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.config.line.State IS,AINS IS, OOS,DSBLD, OOS,MT, IS,AINS MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.config.sts.IPPMEnabled FALSE TRUE, FALSE MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.physicalthresholds.alarm.LBC-HIGH 200 (%) LBC-LOW, LBC-LOW + 1, LBC-LOW + 2 .. 255 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-88 78-18106-01...
  • Page 763 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.CV 13120 (B2 0 - 13219200 count) MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.ES 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-89 78-18106-01...
  • Page 764 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.1day.SES 5000 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.CV 15 (B3 0 - 2160000 count) MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.farend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-90 78-18106-01...
  • Page 765 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PJCS-PGEN 9600 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-91 78-18106-01...
  • Page 766 0 - 86400 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.NPJC-PDET 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.NPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.PJCDIFF 5760 (count) 0 - 1382400000 MRC25G-4.OC3-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1day.PJCS-PDET 9600 0 - 86400 (seconds) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-92 78-18106-01...
  • Page 767 1, LBC-LOW + 2 .. 255 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.physicalthresholds.alarm.LBC-LOW 20 (%) 0, 1, 2 .. LBC-HIGH MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.physicalthresholds.alarm.OPR-HIGH 200 (%) OPR-LOW, OPR-LOW + 1, OPR-LOW + 2 .. 255 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.physicalthresholds.alarm.OPR-LOW 50 (%) -1, 0, 1 .. OPR-HIGH Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-93 78-18106-01...
  • Page 768 0 - 86400 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.farend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.CV 21260 (B2 0 - 2212200 count) MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.PSC 1 (count) 0 - 600 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-94 78-18106-01...
  • Page 769 4 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.15min.CV 10000 (B1 0 - 2151900 count) MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.15min.ES 0 - 900 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.15min.SEFS 0 - 900 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.section.nearend.15min.SES 0 - 900 (seconds) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-95 78-18106-01...
  • Page 770 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day.CV 125 (B3 0 - 207360000 count) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-96 78-18106-01...
  • Page 771 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.15min.NPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.15min.PJCDIFF 60 (count) 0 - 14400000 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PDET 0 - 900 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.15min.PJCS-PGEN 0 - 900 (seconds) MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts12c-48c.nearend.15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-97 78-18106-01...
  • Page 772 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.CV 25 (B3 0 - 2160000 count) MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.ES 20 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.NPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 MRC25G-4.OC48-PORT.pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.NPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-98 78-18106-01...
  • Page 773: C.3 Node Default Settings

    10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 C.3 Node Default Settings Table C-21 on page C-101 lists the node-level default settings for the Cisco ONS 15454. Cisco provides the following user-configurable defaults for each Cisco ONS 15454 node: • Circuit settings—Set the administrative state and path protection circuit defaults, and whether to have circuits send a payload defect indication condition (PDIP).
  • Page 774 Protocol [IIOP] listener port number), TL1 access, and Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) access. Security RADIUS settings—Set default RADIUS server settings for the accounting port number and • the authentication port number, and whether to enable the node as a final authenticator. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-100 78-18106-01...
  • Page 775: Node Default Settings

    However, when the card level defaults are changed using the Provisioning > Defaults tab, existing card provisioning remains unaffected. Note For more information about each individual node setting, refer to the “Change Node Settings” chapter of the Cisco ONS 15454 Procedure Guide. Table C-21 Node Default Settings Default Name Default Value Default Domain NODE.circuits.SendPDIP...
  • Page 776 TRUE, FALSE NODE.lmp.controlChannel.AdminState OOS,DSBL IS, OOS,DSBLD NODE.lmp.controlChannel.HelloDeadInterval 12000 (ms) maximum_of(20 00,MinHelloDea dInterval,product _of(HelloInterval ,3)), maximum_of(20 00,MinHelloDea dInterval,product _of(HelloInterval ,3)) + 1, maximum_of(20 00,MinHelloDea dInterval,product _of(HelloInterval ,3)) + 2 .. minimum_of(200 00,MaxHelloDea dInterval) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-102 78-18106-01...
  • Page 777 ) + 1, maximum_of(20 00,HelloDeadInt erval,sum_of(Ma xHelloInterval,1) ) + 2 .. 20000 NODE.lmp.controlChannel.MaxHelloInterval 2000 (ms) maximum_of(30 0,HelloInterval), maximum_of(30 0,HelloInterval) + 1, maximum_of(30 0,HelloInterval) + 2 .. minimum_of(500 0,difference_of( MaxHelloDeadIn terval,1)) Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-103 78-18106-01...
  • Page 778 Level 1, Packet Switch - Level 2, Packet Switch - Level 3, Packet Switch - Level 4, Layer 2 Switch, Cross-connect, Lambda Switch, Fiber Switch NODE.network.general.AlarmMissingBackplaneLAN FALSE TRUE, FALSE NODE.network.general.CtcIpDisplaySuppression FALSE TRUE, FALSE Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-104 78-18106-01...
  • Page 779 1, 2, 3 .. 63 NODE.osi.subnet.SDCCISISCost 1, 2, 3 .. 63 NODE.osi.tarp.L1DataCache TRUE FALSE, TRUE NODE.osi.tarp.L2DataCache FALSE FALSE, TRUE NODE.osi.tarp.LANStormSuppression TRUE FALSE, TRUE NODE.osi.tarp.LDB TRUE FALSE, TRUE NODE.osi.tarp.LDBEntry 5 (min) 1 - 10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-105 78-18106-01...
  • Page 780 5.0 (minutes) 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 .. 12.0 NODE.protection.blsr.SpanRevertive TRUE TRUE, FALSE NODE.protection.splitter.ReversionTime 5.0 (minutes) 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 .. 12.0 NODE.protection.splitter.Revertive FALSE TRUE, FALSE NODE.protection.ycable.ReversionTime 5.0 (minutes) 0.5, 1.0, 1.5 .. 12.0 NODE.protection.ycable.Revertive FALSE TRUE, FALSE Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-106 78-18106-01...
  • Page 781 Display Only, Suppress Display when isSecureModeSu pportedOnContro lCard TRUE; (NOT SUPPORTED) when isSecureModeSu pportedOnContro lCard FALSE NODE.security.dataComm.SecureModeLocked FALSE FALSE, TRUE when isSecureModeSu pportedOnContro lCard TRUE; (NOT SUPPORTED) when isSecureModeSu pportedOnContro lCard FALSE Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-107 78-18106-01...
  • Page 782 00:15 00:00, 00:01, (hours:mins) 00:02 .. 16:39 NODE.security.lanAccess.LANAccess (May disconnect CTC from node) Front & No LAN Access, Backplane Front Only, Backplane Only, Front & Backplane NODE.security.lanAccess.RestoreTimeout 5 (minutes) 0 - 60 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-108 78-18106-01...
  • Page 783 45 (days) 20 - 90 NODE.security.passwordAging.retrieve.WarningPeriod 5 (days) 2 - 20 NODE.security.passwordAging.superuser.AgingPeriod 45 (days) 20 - 90 NODE.security.passwordAging.superuser.WarningPeriod 5 (days) 2 - 20 NODE.security.passwordChange.CannotChangeNewPassword FALSE TRUE, FALSE NODE.security.passwordChange.CannotChangeNewPasswordForNDays 20 (days) 20 - 95 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-109 78-18106-01...
  • Page 784 23 - 9999 NODE.security.snmpAccess.AccessState NonSecure Disabled, NonSecure NODE.security.tl1Access.AccessState NonSecure Disabled, NonSecure, Secure NODE.security.userLockout.FailedLoginsAllowedBeforeLockout 5 (times) 0 - 10 NODE.security.userLockout.LockoutDuration 00:30 00:00, 00:05, (mins:secs) 00:10 .. 10:00 NODE.security.userLockout.ManualUnlockBySuperuser FALSE TRUE, FALSE NODE.software.AllowDelayedUpgrades FALSE FALSE, TRUE Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-110 78-18106-01...
  • Page 785 DUS, RES when //.general.SSMM essageSet Generation 1; PRS, STU, ST2, TNC, ST3E, ST3, SMC, ST4, DUS, RES when //.general.SSMM essageSet Generation 2; G811, STU, G812T, G812L, SETS, DUS when //.general.SSMM essageSet N/A Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-111 78-18106-01...
  • Page 786 2MHz; AMI when FacilityTypeOut 6MHz NODE.timing.bits-1.FacilityType DS1, 64kHz+8kHz when //.general.Timing Standard SONET; E1, 64kHz+8kHz, 2MHz when //.general.Timing Standard SDH NODE.timing.bits-1.FacilityTypeOut DS1, 6MHz when //.general.Timing Standard SONET; E1, 6MHz, 2MHz when //.general.Timing Standard SDH Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-112 78-18106-01...
  • Page 787 267-399, 400-533, 534-655 NODE.timing.bits-1.SaBit N/A when FacilityType DS1; 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 when FacilityType E1; N/A when FacilityType 2MHz; N/A when FacilityType 64kHz+8kHz NODE.timing.bits-1.State OOS,DSBL IS, OOS,DSBLD NODE.timing.bits-1.StateOut OOS,DSBL IS, OOS,DSBLD Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-113 78-18106-01...
  • Page 788 Generation 2; G811, STU, G812T, G812L, SETS, DUS when //.general.SSMM essageSet N/A NODE.timing.bits-2.Coding B8ZS B8ZS, AMI when FacilityType DS1; HDB3, AMI when FacilityType E1; N/A when FacilityType 2MHz; AMI when FacilityType 64kHz+8kHz Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-114 78-18106-01...
  • Page 789 //.general.Timing Standard SONET; E1, 6MHz, 2MHz when //.general.Timing Standard SDH NODE.timing.bits-2.Framing ESF, D4 when FacilityType DS1; FAS+CRC, FAS+CAS, FAS+CAS+CRC, FAS, Unframed when FacilityType E1; N/A when FacilityType 2MHz; N/A when FacilityType 64kHz+8kHz Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-115 78-18106-01...
  • Page 790 N/A when FacilityType DS1; 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 when FacilityType E1; N/A when FacilityType 2MHz; N/A when FacilityType 64kHz+8kHz NODE.timing.bits-2.State OOS,DSBL IS, OOS,DSBLD NODE.timing.bits-2.StateOut OOS,DSBL IS, OOS,DSBLD NODE.timing.general.Mode Line External, Line, Mixed Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-116 78-18106-01...
  • Page 791: C.3.1 Time Zones

    Time zones in the table are ordered by their relative relationships to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT), and the default values are displayed in the correct format for valid default input. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-117 78-18106-01...
  • Page 792: Time Zones

    GMT+01:00 (GMT+01:00) Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Vienna GMT+01:00 (GMT+01:00) Sarajevo, Skopje, Sofija, Vilnius, Warsaw, Zagreb GMT+01:00 (GMT+01:00) West Central Africa, Algiers, Lagos, Luanda GMT+01:00 (GMT+01:00) Windhoek (Namibia) GMT+02:00 (GMT+02:00) Al Jizah, Alexandria, Cairo Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-118 78-18106-01...
  • Page 793 (GMT+08:00) Singapore, Manila, Taipei, Kuala Lumpur GMT+09:00 (GMT+09:00) Chita, Yakutsk GMT+09:00 (GMT+09:00) Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo GMT+09:00 (GMT+09:00) Palau, Pyongyang, Seoul GMT+09:30 (GMT+09:30) Adelaide, Broken Hill GMT+09:30 (GMT+09:30) Darwin GMT+10:00 (GMT+10:00) Brisbane, Port Moresby, Guam Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-119 78-18106-01...
  • Page 794: C.4 Ctc Default Settings

    (GMT+14:00) Line Islands, Kiritimati - Kiribati C.4 CTC Default Settings Table C-23 on page C-121 lists the CTC-level default settings for the Cisco ONS 15454. Cisco provides the following user-configurable defaults for CTC: • Automatic Circuit Routing—Set circuit creation with the Route Automatically check box selected by default.
  • Page 795: Ctc Default Settings

    TRUE, FALSE CTC.network.Map United States -none-, Germany, Japan, Netherlands, South Korea, United Kingdom, United States Note The CTC.network.LocalDomainCreationAndViewing NE default has been removed. You can provision this setting in the CTC Preferences page. Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-121 78-18106-01...
  • Page 796 Appendix C Network Element Defaults C.4 CTC Default Settings Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 C-122 78-18106-01...
  • Page 797 1-70 alarm interface panel. See AIP add-drop multiplexer. See linear ADM administrative states alarm profiles automatic alarm suppression applying 14-13 14-3, B-3 description changing 14-10 comparing 14-11 AIC-I compatibility 2-28 creating 14-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-1 78-18106-01...
  • Page 798 FC_MR-4 card 15-54 applying alarm profiles 14-13 path protection bandwidth 12-14 assigning Superuser privileges to Provisioning users specifications audit trail two-fiber BLSR capacity 12-9 capacities bay assembly description Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-2 78-18106-01...
  • Page 799 5-28 description 1-18 cross-connect compatibility 5-30 bridge and roll description 11-40 5-27 illustration 5-29 LEDs 5-29 link capacity adjustment 11-36 port status 5-30 C2 byte 11-25 slot compatibility 5-30 cables Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-3 78-18106-01...
  • Page 800 CGV parameter maximum distance 15-5 1-16 changing colors alarm profiles 14-10 cards in node view alarm severities DCC colors in network view 14-9 8-14 display of conditions nodes in network view 14-6 8-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-4 78-18106-01...
  • Page 801 See DCC cross-connect service state transitions B-5 to B-10 datagrams 13-4 CSS parameter 15-5 CSS-P parameter 15-5 64-bit RMON monitoring 16-17 AIC-I compatibility 2-33 autodiscovery of newer software releases capacity 12-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-5 78-18106-01...
  • Page 802 DS1N-14 card drops card-level LEDs multiple drops 11-18 cross-connect cards secondary sources and drops 11-28 description service state requirements for drop ports 11-8 EIA compatibility 1-17, 1-18 DS1/E1-56 card EIA requirement 1-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-6 78-18106-01...
  • Page 803 See also electrical cards 3-14 specifications DS3N-12E card A-21 See also electrical cards card-level LEDs 3-24 DS3-12E card card protection 3-22 card-level LEDs description 3-24 3-21 card protection EIA compatibility 3-22 1-16, 1-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-7 78-18106-01...
  • Page 804 OC48 ELR/STM16 EH 100 GHz cards 3-31 4-26 description OC48 ELR 200 GHz cards 3-27 4-28 EIA compatibility 1-16, 1-17 See also the Cisco ONS 15454 DWDM Reference Manual EIA requirement 1-15 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. See DHCP factory defaults C-26 illustration 3-31...
  • Page 805 13-14 alarm profiles 14-12 filtering packets for the firewall 13-17 path protection circuits 11-19 firewall tunnel example 13-28 GNE load balancing 13-18 card protection OSI/IP routing scenarios 13-50 to 13-54 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-9 78-18106-01...
  • Page 806 11-45 RMON 16-16 five-node, two-fiber BLSR 12-10 RMON history group foreign node connected to the DCC network 16-20 13-27 RMON statistics four-fiber BLSR fiber connections 16-18 12-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-10 78-18106-01...
  • Page 807 12-23 factory defaults C-32 traffic pattern on a two-fiber BLSR 12-5 History window 15-55 two BLSRs shared by one node 12-30 illustration two-fiber BLSR 12-3 interoperability with Cisco MDS 9000 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-11 78-18106-01...
  • Page 808 4-53 tunnel 13-27 CWDM and DWDM 5-36 flange description 5-35 FLT secondary state, definition FC_MR-4 card Force switch. See external switching commands G1K-4 card 5-14 four-fiber BLSR. See BLSR overview 5-33 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-12 78-18106-01...
  • Page 809 BLSR traffic speed 12-37 high-density cards linear ADM traffic speed 12-37 card protection by EIA type 7-8, 7-11 path protection traffic speed 12-37 card protection description insertion and removal tool See also DS1/E1-56 card Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-13 78-18106-01...
  • Page 810: Jre Compatibility

    BNC and high-density BNC 1-20 description 13-43 MiniBNC GNE as endpoint example 1-28 13-53 in-service topology upgrades provisioning in CTC and Cisco IOS 12-38 13-44 installation similarity to TL1 tunnels 8-18 overview tunneling from an ONS node to a router 13-46...
  • Page 811 8-8, 8-12 slot compatibility 5-22 LOSS-L parameter 15-8 specifications A-52 lower backplane cover. See backplane covers See also Ethernet cards LPBK secondary state, definition ML100T-12 card 13-35 cross-connect compatibility 5-18 description 5-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-15 78-18106-01...
  • Page 812 11-34 specifications A-45 modem interface topologies 4-46 modifying See changing See also optical cards modules See also SFPs See cards MT secondary state, definition See SFPs multiple drops 11-18 monitor circuits 11-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-16 78-18106-01...
  • Page 813 8-10 See also optical cards security level by tab OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 card tabs list 8-11 description 4-11 viewing popup information 8-11 factory defaults C-41 NPJC-PDET parameter 15-8 illustration 4-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-17 78-18106-01...
  • Page 814 4-52 factory defaults C-54 slot compatibility 4-50 LEDs 4-38 specifications A-47 performance monitoring 15-50 XFP compatibility 4-53 port status 4-38 See also optical cards slot compatibility 4-37 See also XFPs specifications A-41 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-18 78-18106-01...
  • Page 815 A-37 4-24 topologies LEDs 4-26 4-24 See also optical cards performance monitoring 15-50 OC48 ELR 200 GHz cards port status 4-25 description slot compatibility 4-27 4-24 factory defaults specifications C-49 A-36 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-19 78-18106-01...
  • Page 816 13-7 overview common scenarios 13-2 path trace capability 11-25 definition 13-10 performance monitoring 15-48 in OSI routing scenarios 13-50 ports, line rates, and connectors 1-74 power requirements product names A-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-20 78-18106-01...
  • Page 817 4-56 pin assignments. See backplane connections service state transitions B-10, B-10 to B-11 ping 13-2 See also SFPs pinned hex key See also XFPs PJCDIFF-P parameter 15-8 preprovisioning PJCS-PDET-P parameter 15-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-21 78-18106-01...
  • Page 818 RG-179 cable. See coaxial cable PSC-R parameter 15-9 RG59 (735A) cable. See coaxial cable PSC-S parameter 15-9 13-34 PSC-W parameter 15-9 rings PSD parameter 15-9 maximum per node 12-2 PSD-R parameter 15-10 subtended 12-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-22 78-18106-01...
  • Page 819 16-18 row creation in historyControlTable 16-19 SAPI 13-31 row creation in mediaIndependentTable 16-17 SASCP-P parameter 15-10 row deletion in alarmTable 16-22 SASP parameter 15-10 row deletion in etherStatsTable 16-19 SASP-P parameter 15-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-23 78-18106-01...
  • Page 820 16-2 See also administrative states external interfaces 16-4 SESCP-PFE parameter 15-10 message types 16-4 SESCP-P parameter 15-10 MIBs 16-5 SES-L parameter overview 15-10 16-1 SES-PFE parameter RMON 15-10 16-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-24 78-18106-01...
  • Page 821 14-13 SWDL secondary state, definition ST3 clock 10-1 SW-LCAS 11-36 state synchronization status messaging. See SSM See administrative states synchronizing alarms 14-4 See circuits, states synchronous payload envelope 15-4 See service states Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-25 78-18106-01...
  • Page 822 LEDs TCP/IP node database and OSI mediation 13-40 power requirements DCN communication 13-29 redundant installation process TCC2P access 2-12 reset service disruption 1-15 11-12 slot compatibility 13-31 soft reset 8-21 Telcordia Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-26 78-18106-01...
  • Page 823: Figure 8-9 Tl1 Tunnels

    11-4 16-10 to 16-16 time zones T-TD C-117 13-40 timing tunnels BITS pin fields 1-70 Cisco IP tunnels. See Cisco IP tunnels parameters DCC tunnels 10-1 11-16 report GRE tunnels 10-1 8-18, 13-43 SDH parameters 10-1 IP-encapsulated tunnels...
  • Page 824 BLSR example 11-14 cross-connect card bandwidth 11-12 CTC matrices 11-15 definition 11-23 DS-1 transport 3-7, 3-9 merged circuits 11-46 DS3XM-12 card 3-27 VCAT circuits DS3XM-6 card 3-25 add or delete member 11-37 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-28 78-18106-01...
  • Page 825 4-51 temperature range A-10 specifications VT mapping 2-21 XC card hardware compatibility 1-76 software compatibility XCVT card bandwidth 11-12 card-level LEDs 2-18 compatibility limitations 2-23 cross-connect matrix 2-17 description 2-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-29 78-18106-01...
  • Page 826 Index Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R8.5 IN-30 78-18106-01...

This manual is also suitable for:

Ons 15454

Table of Contents